ul comp(eran8.1_03)
DESCRIPTION
UL CoMP LTETRANSCRIPT
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 1/169
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter
Description
Issue 03
Date 2015-08-31
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 2/169
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2015. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within thepurchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: [email protected]
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
i
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 3/169
Contents
1 About This Document.................................................................................................................. 1
1.1 Scope.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1
1.2 Intended Audience..........................................................................................................................................................1
1.3 Change History...............................................................................................................................................................2
1.4 Differences Between eNodeB Types..............................................................................................................................8
2 Overview......................................................................................................................................... 9
2.1 Background.....................................................................................................................................................................9
2.2 Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................... 9
2.3 Related Concepts.......................................................................................................................................................... 11
2.4 Application Scenarios...................................................................................................................................................13
2.4.1 LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP...................................................................................................................14
2.4.2 LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II.....................................................................................................14
2.4.3 LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU.............................................................................................15
2.4.4 LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul............................................................................................16
2.4.5 UL CoMP in SFN Scenarios..................................................................................................................................... 17
2.5 Benefits.........................................................................................................................................................................18
2.5.1 Sources of Gains........................................................................................................................................................19
2.5.2 Areas Benefiting from UL CoMP............................................................................................................................. 21
2.5.3 Level of Gains........................................................................................................................................................... 23
2.6 Evolution of UL CoMP................................................................................................................................................ 24
3 Technical Description.................................................................................................................28
3.1 Basic Process................................................................................................................................................................ 29
3.2 Selection of UL CoMP UEs and Coordinated Cells.....................................................................................................30
3.3 Joint Reception by Multiple Cells' Antennas............................................................................................................... 34
4 Related Features...........................................................................................................................35
4.1 Relationships Between UL CoMP Features................................................................................................................. 35
4.2 Features R elated to LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP......................................................................................36
4.3 Features R elated to LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II........................................................................38
4.4 Features Related to LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU................................................................39
4.5 Features Related to LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul...............................................................40
5 Network Impact........................................................................................................................... 42
5.1 LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP......................................................................................................................42
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description Contents
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
ii
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 4/169
5.2 LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II........................................................................................................42
5.3 LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU................................................................................................43
5.4 LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul...............................................................................................43
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP................................ 446.1 When to Use LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP................................................................................................44
6.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................... 44
6.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................45
6.4 Deployment.................................................................................................................................................................. 45
6.4.1 Requirements.............................................................................................................................................................45
6.4.2 Data Pre paration........................................................................................................................................................ 48
6.4.3 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................52
6.4.4 Hardwar e Adjustment................................................................................................................................................52
6.4.5 Activation.................................................................................................................................................................. 52
6.4.5.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs..................................................52
6.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs............................................................... 52
6.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration.................................................................................................. 53
6.4.5.4 Using MML Commands.........................................................................................................................................54
6.4.6 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................57
6.4.6.1 Using MML Commands.........................................................................................................................................58
6.4.6.2 Using Signaling...................................................................................................................................................... 58
6.4.6.3 Querying the Number of UL CoMP UEs in a Cell on the U2000 Client...............................................................60
6.4.6.4 Querying the UL CoMP Status of UEs on the U2000 Client.................................................................................63
6.4.6.5 Using Counters....................................................................................................................................................... 666.4.7 Reconfiguration......................................................................................................................................................... 68
6.4.8 Deactivation...............................................................................................................................................................69
6.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration................................................................................................... 69
6.4.8.2 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration.................................................................................................. 69
6.4.8.3 Using MML Commands.........................................................................................................................................69
6.5 Performance Monitoring...............................................................................................................................................70
6.6 Parameter Optimization................................................................................................................................................72
6.7 Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................................................74
7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II................ 767.1 When to Use LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II..................................................................................76
7.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................... 76
7.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................77
7.4 Deployment.................................................................................................................................................................. 77
7.4.1 Requirements.............................................................................................................................................................77
7.4.2 Data Pre paration........................................................................................................................................................ 79
7.4.3 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................83
7.4.4 Hardwar e Adjustment................................................................................................................................................83
7.4.5 Activation.................................................................................................................................................................. 83
7.4.5.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs..................................................83
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description Contents
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iii
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 5/169
7.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs............................................................... 84
7.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration.................................................................................................. 85
7.4.5.4 Using MML Commands.........................................................................................................................................86
7.4.6 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................89
7.4.6.1 Using MML Commands.........................................................................................................................................89
7.4.6.2 Using Signaling...................................................................................................................................................... 89
7.4.6.3 Using Counters....................................................................................................................................................... 91
7.4.7 Reconfiguration......................................................................................................................................................... 91
7.4.8 Deactivation...............................................................................................................................................................91
7.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration................................................................................................... 91
7.4.8.2 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration.................................................................................................. 91
7.4.8.3 Using MML Commands.........................................................................................................................................92
7.5 Performance Monitoring...............................................................................................................................................93
7.6 Parameter Optimization................................................................................................................................................937.7 Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................................................94
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU....... 96
8.1 When to Use LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU..........................................................................96
8.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................... 96
8.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................97
8.4 Deployment.................................................................................................................................................................. 97
8.4.1 Requirements.............................................................................................................................................................97
8.4.2 Data Pre paration...................................................................................................................................................... 100
8.4.3 Precautions...............................................................................................................................................................1038.4.4 Hardwar e Adjustment..............................................................................................................................................104
8.4.5 Activation................................................................................................................................................................ 104
8.4.5.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs................................................104
8.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs............................................................. 104
8.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration................................................................................................ 105
8.4.5.4 Using MML Commands.......................................................................................................................................106
8.4.6 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................ 110
8.4.6.1 Using MML Commands....................................................................................................................................... 110
8.4.6.2 Using Signaling.....................................................................................................................................................110
8.4.6.3 Using Counters..................................................................................................................................................... 112
8.4.7 Reconfiguration....................................................................................................................................................... 112
8.4.8 Deactivation.............................................................................................................................................................112
8.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration................................................................................................. 112
8.4.8.2 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration................................................................................................ 113
8.4.8.3 Using MML Commands....................................................................................................................................... 113
8.5 Performance Monitoring.............................................................................................................................................114
8.6 Parameter Optimization.............................................................................................................................................. 114
8.7 Troubleshooting..........................................................................................................................................................115
9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul.....117
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description Contents
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iv
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 6/169
9.1 When to Use LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul.......................................................................117
9.2 Required Information..................................................................................................................................................117
9.3 Planning...................................................................................................................................................................... 118
9.4 Deployment.................................................................................................................................................................118
9.4.1 Requirements........................................................................................................................................................... 118
9.4.2 Data Preparation...................................................................................................................................................... 120
9.4.3 Precautions...............................................................................................................................................................123
9.4.4 Hardware Adjustment..............................................................................................................................................124
9.4.5 Activation................................................................................................................................................................ 124
9.4.5.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs................................................124
9.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs............................................................. 124
9.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration................................................................................................ 125
9.4.5.4 Using the CME to Perform Feature Configuration.............................................................................................. 126
9.4.5.5 Using MML Commands.......................................................................................................................................127
9.4.6 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................128
9.4.6.1 Using MML Commands.......................................................................................................................................128
9.4.6.2 Using Counters..................................................................................................................................................... 129
9.4.7 Reconfiguration....................................................................................................................................................... 129
9.4.8 Deactivation.............................................................................................................................................................129
9.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration................................................................................................. 129
9.4.8.2 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration................................................................................................ 129
9.4.8.3 Using MML Commands.......................................................................................................................................129
9.5 Performance Monitoring.............................................................................................................................................1309.6 Parameter Optimization..............................................................................................................................................131
9.7 Troubleshooting..........................................................................................................................................................131
10 Parameters.................................................................................................................................133
11 Counters.................................................................................................................................... 157
12 Glossary.....................................................................................................................................162
13 Reference Documents.............................................................................................................163
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description Contents
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
v
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 7/169
1 About This Document
1.1 Scope
This document describes uplink coordinated multipoint reception (UL CoMP), including its
technical principles, related features, network impact, and engineering guidelines. This
document covers the following features:
l LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP
l LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II
l LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU
l LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul
This document applies to the following eNodeBs.
eNodeB Type Model
Macro 3900 series eNodeB
LampSite DBS3900 LampSite
Any managed objects (MOs), parameters, alarms, or counters described herein correspond to
the software release delivered with this document. Any future updates will be described in the
product documentation delivered with future software releases.
This document applies only to LTE FDD. Any "LTE" in this document refers to LTE FDD,
and "eNodeB" refers to LTE FDD eNodeB.
1.2 Intended Audience
This document is intended for personnel who:
l Need to understand the features described herein
l Work with Huawei products
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 8/169
1.3 Change History
This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are
two types of changes:
l Feature change
Changes in features and parameters of a specified version as well as the affected entities
l Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information and any related parameters affected by
editorial changes. Editorial change does not specify the af fected entities.
eRAN8.1 03 (2015-08-31)
This issue includes the following changes.
ChangeType
Change Description ParameterChange
AffectedEntity
Feature
change
None None Macro
eNodeBs
Editorial
change
Deleted 3.3 "Event A3 Measurement
Reporting", and added "RSRP
Measurement" to 3.2 Selection of UL
CoMP UEs and Coordinated Cells.
None None
eRAN8.1 02 (2015-04-30)
This issue includes the following changes.
ChangeType
Change Description ParameterChange
AffectedEntity
Feature
change
Estimated the level of gains provided by
UL CoMP. For details, see 2.5.3 Level of
Gains.
None Macro
eNodeBs
Added the impact on CAMC. For details,
see 4.2 Features Related to
LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP.
None Macro
eNodeBs
Modified the impact on CA features. For
details, see 4.2 Features Related to
LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP, 4.3 Features Related to
LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP Phase II, and 4.4 Features
Related to LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU.
None Macro
eNodeBs
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
2
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 9/169
ChangeType
Change Description ParameterChange
AffectedEntity
Editorial
change
Revised descriptions in this document. None None
eRAN8.1 01 (2015-03-23)
This issue includes the following changes.
ChangeType
Change Description ParameterChange
AffectedEntity
Feature
change
To enable the following features to
support macro-micro UL CoMP:l LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP
l LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP Phase II
l LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on
Coordinated BBU
Optimized the following operations:
l Data preparation
l Batch configuration for newly
deployed eNodeBs using the CME
l Activation using MML commands
For details, see engineering guidelines.
None Macro
eNodeBs
Editorial
change
Revised descriptions in this document. None None
eRAN8.1 Draft A (2015-01-15)
Compared with Issue 04 (2014-12-30) of eRAN7.0, Draft A (2015-01-15) of eRAN8.1includes the following changes.
ChangeType
Change Description Parameter Change AffectedEntity
Feature
change
Added LampSite eNodeBs'
support for LOFD-001066 Intra-
eNodeB UL CoMP and
LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP Phase II.
For details, see 1.4 Differences
Between eNodeB Types.
None Macro and
LampSite
eNodeBs
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 10/169
ChangeType
Change Description Parameter Change AffectedEntity
Added the feature LOFD-081219
UL CoMP Based on Relaxed
Backhaul.
For details, see the following
chapters:
l 2 Overview
l 4 Related Features
l 5 Network Impact
l 9 Engineering Guidelines for
LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based on Relaxed Backhaul
l Added the
UlJROverRelaxedB
HSw option to the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch .
OverBBUsSwitch
parameter.
l Added the
CellUlCompAlgo.Ul
CompA3OffsetForRe
laxedBH parameter.
Macro
eNodeBs
Added the support for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based
on Coordinated BBU in
distributed and centralized
+distributed Cloud BB modes.
For details, see the following
sections:
l 2.4.3 LOFD-070223 UL
CoMP based on Coordinated
BBU
l 5.3 LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
None MacroeNodeBs
Added the support for intra-BBP
3-cell UL CoMP in LOFD-001066
Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP.
For details, see the following
sections:
l 2.4.1 LOFD-001066 Intra-
eNodeB UL CoMP
l 2.6 Evolution of UL CoMP
l 6.4.2 Data Preparation
Added the
UlJointReception3CellS
witch option to the
CellAlgoSwitch.Uplink
CompSwitch parameter.
Macro and
LampSite
eNodeBs
Added an eX2 QoS handling
mechanism to LOFD-081219 UL
CoMP Based on Relaxed
Backhaul.
For details, see 4.5 Features
Related to LOFD-081219 UL
CoMP Based on Relaxed
Backhaul.
None Macro
eNodeBs
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
4
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 11/169
ChangeType
Change Description Parameter Change AffectedEntity
Added the UL CoMP capability of
the LBBPd3, which supports six
2T4R cells.
For details, see the following
sections:
l 2.6 Evolution of UL CoMP
l "Requirements" in
"Deployment" in engineering
guidelines for each feature
None Macro and
LampSite
eNodeBs
Enabled LOFD-001066 Intra-
eNodeB UL CoMP,
LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP Phase II, and
LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based
on Coordinated BBU to support
macro-micro UL CoMP.
For details, see the following
sections:
l 2.2 Introduction
l 2.4 Application Scenarios
l 3.2 Selection of UL CoMP
UEs and Coordinated Cells
l "Data Preparation" and"Activation" in engineering
guidelines for each feature
Added the following
options to the
CellAlgoSwitch.Uplink
CompSwitch parameter:
l UlHetnetJointRecep-
tionSwitch
l UlHetnetCompManua
lNcellCfgSw
l UlHetnetCompOnUl
RsrpSw
Macro
eNodeBs
Added the mutually exclusive
relationships between the UL
CoMP features and the following
SFN features: LOFD-081208
Inter-eNodeB SFN Based on
Coordinated BBU and
LOFD-081209 Inter-eNodeB
adaptive SFN/SDMA Based on
Coordinated BBU.
For details, see 4 Related
Features.
None Macro and
LampSite
eNodeBs
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 12/169
ChangeType
Change Description Parameter Change AffectedEntity
Added the support for 1R UL
CoMP and 1R+2R UL CoMP in
LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP, LOFD-070222 Intra-
eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II, and
LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based
on Coordinated BBU.
For details, see the following
sections:
l 2.6 Evolution of UL CoMP
l "Requirements" in
"Deployment" in engineering
guidelines for each feature
Added the
CellAlgoSwitch.UlJRA
ntNumCombSw
parameter.
Macro and
LampSite
eNodeBs
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 13/169
ChangeType
Change Description Parameter Change AffectedEntity
Added the collaboration between
the UL CoMP features and the
SFN features LOFD-003029 SFN
and LOFD-070205 Adaptive SFN/
SDMA, and added restrictions on
the collaboration.
Added the impact of these SFN
features on LOFD-001066 Intra-
eNodeB UL CoMP,
LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP Phase II, and
LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based
on Coordinated BBU. Added the
mutually exclusive relationships between these SFN features and
LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based
on Relaxed Backhaul.
For details, see the following
sections:
l 2.4.5 UL CoMP in SFN
Scenarios
l 3.2 Selection of UL CoMP
UEs and Coordinated Cells
l "Impacted Features" of
LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP, LOFD-070222
Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase
II, and LOFD-070223 UL
CoMP Based on Coordinated
BBU as well as "Mutually
Exclusive Features" of
LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based on Relaxed Backhaul in
4 Related Features
l "Deployment" and "Parameter
Optimization" in engineeringguidelines for LOFD-001066
Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP,
LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP Phase II, and
LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
Based on Coordinated BBU
None Macro and
LampSite
eNodeBs
Editorial
change
Revised descriptions in this
document.
None None
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 14/169
1.4 Differences Between eNodeB Types
Feature Support by Macro, Micro, and LampSite eNodeBs
Feature ID FeatureName
Supported byMacroeNodeBs
Supported byMicro eNodeBs
SupportedbyLampSiteeNodeBs
LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Yes No Yes
LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Phase II
Yes No Yes
LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on
Coordinated
BBU
Yes No No
LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based on
Relaxed
Backhaul
Yes No No
Function Implementation in Macro, Micro, and LampSite eNodeBs
l This feature is not supported by micro eNodeBs.
l The features described in this document are implemented in the same way on macro and
LampSite eNodeBs.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 15/169
2 Overview
2.1 Background
Intra-cell interference in Long Term Evolution (LTE) is effectively eliminated by orthogonal
frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) and multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO). The
two technologies use low-rate orthogonal subcarriers to transmit high-rate data flows.
However, inter-cell interference cannot be effectively mitigated by these technologies. When
intra-frequency cells are deployed to achieve higher spectral efficiency, cell edge users
(CEUs) experience interference from neighboring cells and their uplink throughput is
significantly reduced.
To mitigate inter-cell interference, uplink coordinated multipoint reception (UL CoMP) has been introduced and allowed to be implemented under proprietary schemes since 3GPP
Release 8. By sharing channel status information and user data between neighboring cells and
converting interference into useful information, UL CoMP mitigates interference between
these cells, thereby enhancing cell coverage, improving cell performance, and increasing
uplink CEU throughput.
2.2 Introduction
UL CoMP is a multipoint reception technology. It coordinates the antennas of multiple cells to
receive and combine signals from a piece of user equipment (UE). UL CoMP provides signal
combining gains, interference mitigation gains, or both for a single UE.
UL CoMP is similar to joint reception by the antennas of a single cell, with the following
differences:
l UL CoMP reuses existing antennas, without adding antennas to cells.
l UL CoMP provides lower gains, as the signal power received in each cell varies.
UL CoMP Classification
The following table describes UL CoMP classification by application scenario, coordination
scope, and transport bandwidth overhead. In this table, BBP stands for baseband processingunit, and BBU stands for baseband unit.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 16/169
Table 2-1 UL CoMP classification
Category Type Feature
Macro-macro
UL CoMP
Intra-BBP UL
CoMP
LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP
Intra-BBU inter-
BBP UL CoMP
LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II
Inter-BBU UL
CoMP
LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated
BBU
UL CoMP based on
relaxed backhaul
LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed
Backhaul
Macro-micro
UL CoMP
Intra-BBP UL
CoMP
LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP
Intra-BBU inter-
BBP UL CoMP
LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II
Inter-BBU UL
CoMP
LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated
BBU
Micro-micro
UL CoMP
Intra-BBP UL
CoMP
LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP
Intra-BBU inter-
BBP UL CoMP
LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II
Inter-BBU UL
CoMP
LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated
BBU
NOTE
UL CoMP is categorized by application scenario:
l Macro-macro UL CoMP is performed in macro cells.
l Macro-micro UL CoMP is performed in macro and micro cells. The UE must be a type-1 UL CoMP
UE (as defined in 2.3 Related Concepts), the serving cell must be a macro cell, and coordinated
cells must be micro cells.
l
Micro-micro UL CoMP is performed in micro cells.l A macro cell is characterized by high transmit power and large coverage area, and specified by the
Cell Scale Indication parameter.
l A micro cell is characterized by low transmit power and small coverage area, and specified by the
Cell Scale Indication parameter.
UL CoMP is divided into different types in each category based on coordination scope and transport
bandwidth overhead:
"Relaxed Backhaul" in the feature name indicates that the feature is applicable when BBUs are
connected through an IP RAN with the transmission delay less than 4 ms.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 17/169
LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP
LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP uses intra-BBP cell antennas to receive signals from
a UE. The serving and coordinated cells are set up on the same BBP and exchange
information within this BBP.
.
LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II
LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II uses intra-BBU inter-BBP cell antennas to
receive signals from a UE. The serving and coordinated cells are set up on different BBPs in
the same BBU, and they exchange information between the BBPs.
LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU
LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU uses inter-BBU cell antennas to jointly
receive signals from a UE. The serving and coordinated cells are set up on different BBUs,and they exchange information between the BBUs through universal switching units (USUs).
LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul
LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul uses inter-BBU cell antennas to
receive signals from a UE. The serving cell and coordinated cells exchange information
between BBUs through an existing IP transport network, without additional USUs.
2.3 Related Concepts
UL CoMP UE
A UL CoMP UE is a UE whose signals are jointly received by the antennas of multiple cells.
There are two types of UL CoMP UE:
l Type-1 UL CoMP UE, also called type-1 UE, is located at the cell edge and expected to
benefit from signal combining gains.
l Type-2 UL CoMP UE, also called type-2 UE, is located anywhere in a cell, affected by
interference from a type-1 UE, expected to benefit from interference mitigation gains.
NOTE
If a UE meets both type-1 and type-2 UE conditions, it is categorized as a type-1 UE.
2-Cell UL CoMP
2-cell UL CoMP uses the antennas of two separate cells to receive signals from a single UE.
If each of the two cells has two antennas, a total of four antennas can be used to jointly
receive UE signals over the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) to improve signal
quality.
3-Cell UL CoMP
3-cell UL CoMP uses the antennas of three separate cells to receive signals from a single UE.
If each of the three cells has two antennas, a total of six antennas can be used to jointlyreceive UE signals over the PUSCH to improve signal quality.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 18/169
NOTE
3-cell UL CoMP means that a maximum of two neighboring cells can be selected to work with the
serving cell of a UE. 3-cell UL CoMP in the serving cell does not require 3-cell UL CoMP to be
activated in the neighboring cells.
Coordinated Cell
A coordinated cell is a UE-level concept. It works with the serving cell of a UE to implement
UL CoMP.
The eNodeB dynamically selects coordinated cells for a UL CoMP UE. This UE will have at
least one coordinated cell but may have different coordinated cells at different moments.
Coordinated Set
A coordinated set is a UE-level concept. It contains a UE's serving cell and its neighboring
cells that work with the serving cell for UL CoMP.
Coordinated Cell List
A coordinated cell list is a cell-level concept. It contains the local cell's neighboring cells that
can work with the local cell for UL CoMP.
Connection Set
A connection set is a cell-level concept. It contains a local cell and all cells that have routes to
this local cell. The size of a connection set depends on hardware specifications.
Example
Figure 2-1 illustrates the related concepts.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
12
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 19/169
Figure 2-1 Diagram illustrating the related concepts
Concept Instance
UL CoMP UE UE 0
Serving cell of UE 0 Cell 3
Coordinated cells of UE 0 Cells 1 and 2
Coordinated set of UE 0 {Cells 1, 2, and 3}
Coordinated cell list of cell 3 Cells 1, 2, 4, and 5
Connection set of cell 3 {Cells 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5}
2.4 Application Scenarios
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
13
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 20/169
2.4.1 LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP
When LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP is enabled, the following types of intra-BBP
UL CoMP are supported:
l Intra-BBP macro-macro UL CoMP
l Intra-BBP macro-micro UL CoMP
l Intra-BBP micro-micro UL CoMP
The following figure uses macro-macro UL CoMP as an example to illustrate intra-BBP UL
CoMP.
l If 3-cell UL CoMP is disabled, the serving cell for UE 0 will be cell 3 and the
coordinated cell will be either 1 or 2. The coordinated set contains either cells 1 and 3 or
cells 2 and 3.
l If 3-cell UL CoMP is enabled, the serving cell for UE 0 will be cell 3 and the
coordinated cells will be 1 and 2. The coordinated set of UE 0 contains all three cells.
Figure 2-2 Intra-BBP UL CoMP
2.4.2 LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II
When LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II is enabled together with
LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP, the following types of intra-BBU UL CoMP are
supported:
l Intra-BBU inter-BBP macro-macro UL CoMP
l Intra-BBU inter-BBP macro-micro UL CoMP
l Intra-BBU inter-BBP micro-micro UL CoMP
The following figure uses macro-macro UL CoMP as an example to illustrate intra-BBU
inter-BBP UL CoMP.
l If 3-cell UL CoMP is disabled, the serving cell for UE 0 will be cell 3 and the
coordinated cell will be either 1 or 2. The coordinated set contains either cells 1 and 3 or cells 2 and 3.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
14
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 21/169
l If 3-cell UL CoMP is enabled, the serving cell for UE 0 will be cell 3 and the
coordinated cells will be 1 and 2. The coordinated set of UE 0 contains all three cells.
Figure 2-3 Intra-BBU inter-BBP UL CoMP
2.4.3 LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU
When LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU is enabled together with
LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP and LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase
II, the following types of inter-BBU UL CoMP based on coordinated BBU are supported:
l Inter-BBU macro-macro UL CoMP with BBUs connected in centralized, distributed, or
centralized+distributed mode
l Inter-BBU macro-micro UL CoMP with BBUs connected in centralized, distributed, or
centralized+distributed mode
l Inter-BBU micro-micro UL CoMP with BBUs connected in centralized, distributed, or
centralized+distributed mode
Figure 2-4 uses macro-macro UL CoMP as an example to illustrate inter-BBU UL CoMP.
l If 3-cell UL CoMP is disabled, the serving cell for UE 0 will be cell 3 and the
coordinated cell will be either 1 or 2. The coordinated set contains either cells 1 and 3 or
cells 2 and 3.
l If 3-cell UL CoMP is enabled, the serving cell for UE 0 will be cell 3 and the
coordinated cells will be 1 and 2. The coordinated set contains all three cells.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
15
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 22/169
Figure 2-4 Inter-BBU UL CoMP with BBUs connected in centralized, distributed, or
centralized+distributed mode
Table 2-2 Application scenarios in different versions
Scenario eRAN7.0 eRAN8.1
USU interconnection mode One-level USU
interconnection
Two-level USU
interconnection
Cloud BB networking
mode
Centralized mode Centralized, distributed, or
centralized+distributed mode
NOTE
For details about the Cloud BB networking modes, see USU3900-based Multi-BBU Interconnection Feature Parameter Description and USU3910-based Multi-BBU Interconnection Feature Parameter
Description.
2.4.4 LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul
When LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul is enabled together with
LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP, LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II,
and LOFD-001048 TTI Bundling, macro-macro UL CoMP based on relaxed backhaul is
supported.
Figure 2-5 illustrates macro-macro UL CoMP based on relaxed backhaul.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
16
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 23/169
l If 3-cell UL CoMP is disabled, the serving cell for UE 0 will be cell 2 and the
coordinated cell will be either 1 or 3. The coordinated set contains either cells 1 and 2 or
cells 2 and 3.
l If 3-cell UL CoMP is enabled, the serving cell for UE 0 will be cell 2 and the
coordinated cells will be 1 and 3. The coordinated set contains all three cells.
Figure 2-5 Inter-BBU UL CoMP based on relaxed backhaul
2.4.5 UL CoMP in SFN Scenarios
When the single frequency network (SFN) feature LOFD-003029 SFN or LOFD-070205
Adaptive SFN/SDMA is enabled together with one of the following UL CoMP features:
l LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP
l LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II
l LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU
The following types of UL CoMP are supported:
l UL CoMP between SFN and non-SFN cells
l UL CoMP between SFN cells
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
17
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 24/169
Figure 2-6 UL CoMP in SFN scenarios
UL CoMP Between SFN and Non-SFN Cells
If 3-cell UL CoMP is disabled, the serving cell for UE 0 in Figure 2-6 will be cell 3, and the
coordinated cell will be either physical cell 0-3 in SFN cell 0 or physical cell 1-1 in SFN cell
1. The coordinated set contains physical cell 0-3 and cell 3, or contains physical cell 1-1 and
cell 3.
If 3-cell UL CoMP is enabled, the serving cell for UE 0 in Figure 2-6 will be cell 3, and the
coordinated cells will be physical cell 0-3 in SFN cell 0 and physical cell 1-1 in SFN cell 1.The coordinated set contains the two physical cells and cell 3.
UL CoMP Between SFN Cells
The serving cell of UE 1 in Figure 2-6 is physical cell 1-1 in SFN cell 1, and the coordinated
cell is physical cell 0-2 in SFN cell 0. The coordinated set of UE 1 contains the two physical
cells.
2.5 Benefits
2-cell UL CoMP uses the antennas of two cells to receive signals from a UL CoMP UE. Thistype of UL CoMP offers higher gains than joint reception by the antennas of only one cell. If
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
18
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 25/169
each cell has two receive antennas, a total of four antennas can be used to receive signals from
a UL CoMP UE; by contrast, only two antennas can be used to receive a non-UL-CoMP UE.
3-cell UL CoMP uses the antennas of three cells to receive signals from a UL CoMP UE. This
type of UL CoMP offers higher performance gains than 2-cell UL CoMP.
UL CoMP provides signal combining gains (including diversity gains and array gains) and
interference mitigation gains. Generally, the gains increase with the number of receive
antennas. For the sources of gains, see 2.5.1 Sources of Gains. For other details about gains,
see Receiver Technology Feature Parameter Description.
UL CoMP increases the average uplink throughput for CEUs and cells. For data services, UL
CoMP improves uplink modulation and coding schemes (MCSs) and reduces transmission
delay. For voice over LTE (VoLTE) services, UL CoMP improves uplink MCSs, reduces bit
error rates (BERs) in positions very far from the cell center, decreases packet loss rates, and
reduces transmission delays, thereby improving voice quality and user experience.
2.5.1 Sources of Gains
UL CoMP selects appropriate UEs and receives signals from these UEs by using the antennas
of multiple cells (instead of adding more receive antennas) to provide gains for UL CoMP
UEs.
Depending on UE location, there are two sources of UL CoMP gains:
l Signal combining gains (when a UE is located at the cell edge)
l Interference mitigation gains (when a UE is located anywhere within a cell)
The following table lists the coordination scopes where UL CoMP provides gains for UEs.
Table 2-3 Coordination scopes
Feature ID Coordination Scope forType-1 UE
Coordination Scope forType-2 UE
LOFD-001066 Intra-
eNodeB UL CoMP
Intra-BBP cells Intra-BBP cells except 4R
cells (that is, cells each with
four receive antennas)
LOFD-070222 Intra-
eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II
Intra-BBU cells Intra-BBP cells except 4R
cells
LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
Based on Coordinated BBU
Intra- or inter-BBU cells Intra-BBP cells except 4R
cells
LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based on Relaxed Backhaul
Intra- or inter-BBU cells
NOTE
Note that cells that are
connected through a relaxed
backhaul network between
different BBUs can be selected
to serve as the coordinated
cells for only type-1 UEs that
support transmission time
interval (TTI) bundling.
Intra-BBP cells except 4R
cells (that is, cells each with
four receive antennas)
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
19
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 26/169
Feature ID Coordination Scope forType-1 UE
Coordination Scope forType-2 UE
NOTE
LOFD-001066 is a prerequisite feature for LOFD-070222, LOFD-070223, and LOFD-081219. As
LOFD-001066 supports intra-BBP UL CoMP for type-2 UEs, the other three features also support intra-BBP UL CoMP for type-2 UEs.
The following describes the gains provided by LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP. Other
UL CoMP features also provide these gains; the only difference is that these features provide
higher gains in wider coordination scopes.
Signal Combining Gains
Signal combining gains are provided for UEs at the cell edge, as shown in Figure 2-7. For
these UEs, the gains are obvious and the received signal quality is improved.
Figure 2-7 Signal combining gains
Interference Mitigation Gains
Interference mitigation gains are provided for UEs that experience interference from CEUs in
neighboring cells. As shown in Figure 2-8, UE 0 experiences interference from UE 1 at theedge of an intra-frequency neighboring cell. The joint interference rejection combining (JIRC)
algorithm selects UE 0 as a UL CoMP UE for interference mitigation. The interference
mitigation gains are higher when the interference is higher.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
20
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 27/169
Figure 2-8 Interference mitigation gains
2.5.2 Areas Benefiting from UL CoMP
LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP and LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMPPhase II
The following figure represents a simulation of the areas benefiting from LOFD-001066 and
LOFD-070222.
l The light blue parts are the areas in which intra- or inter-BBP UL CoMP can be
performed for type-1 UEs.
l The dark blue parts are the areas in which intra-BBP UL CoMP can be performed for
type-2 UEs.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
21
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 28/169
Figure 2-9 Areas benefiting from LOFD-001066 and LOFD-070222
NOTE
The dark red parts indicate the locations of antennas.
Areas Benefiting from Other UL CoMP Features
The following figure represents a simulation of the areas benefiting from other UL CoMP
features.
l The light blue parts are the areas in which intra-BBP UL CoMP can be performed for
type-1 UEs.
l The dark blue parts are the areas in which intra-BBP UL CoMP can be performed for
type-2 UEs.
l The yellow and light red parts are the areas in which inter-BBP or inter-BBU UL CoMP
can be performed. These areas are larger than those benefiting from LOFD-001066 Intra-
eNodeB UL CoMP.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
22
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 29/169
Figure 2-10 Areas benefiting from other features
NOTE
The dark red parts indicate the locations of antennas.
2.5.3 Level of Gains
l LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP and LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP
Phase II
– In macro-macro scenarios, the average cell throughput increases by 0% to 10% and
the average CEU throughput increases by 0% to 200%.
–In macro-micro scenarios, the average uplink UE throughput increases by 0% to250%.
l LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU
– In macro-macro scenarios, the average cell throughput increases by 0% to 20% and
the average CEU throughput increases by 0% to 200%.
– In macro-micro scenarios, the average uplink UE throughput increases by 0% to
250%.
l LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul
The VoLTE packet loss rate decreases and therefore the coverage quality for VoLTE
increases by 0 dB to 2 dB, provided that the voice quality does not deteriorate (for
example, the mean opinion score [MOS] is 3).
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
23
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 30/169
NOTE
The level of gains provided by UL CoMP depends on the following factors:
l Proportion of UL CoMP UEs and proportion of UL CoMP PRBs
A small proportion of UL CoMP UEs or PRBs leads to lower UL CoMP gains.
l Environmental factors, such as interference, networking mode, user distribution, and user services
l Other factors, such as the performance before UL CoMP is enabled and the RSRP difference
between the serving cell and coordinated cells of a single UE, according to admission tests in labs.
2.6 Evolution of UL CoMP
As UL CoMP evolves, the coordination scope becomes increasingly large. Figure 2-11 tracks
the evolution of UL CoMP with Huawei eNodeBs.
Figure 2-11 Evolution of UL CoMP
The following describes the evolution of UL CoMP features. For a specific version, the ULCoMP capabilities inherited from earlier versions are not presented and only new capabilities
are presented.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
24
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 31/169
Evolution of LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP
Table 2-4 Evolution of LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP
eNodeBVersion BBP Model Number ofCellsSupportedby a BBP
ReceiveMode Number ofCells in aCoordinatedSet
eRAN3.0 and
later
LBBPc, LBBPd1,
LBBPd2, and LBBPd3
3 2R 2
eRAN6.0 and
later
LBBPd2 and LBBPd3 3 4R 2
LBBPd3 6 (3 cells on
each
frequency)
2R 2
eRAN7.0 and
later
LBBPd3 6 2R 2
UBBPd3 and UBBPd4 3 2R 2
UBBPd4 and UBBPd5 3 4R 2
UBBPd5 and UBBPd6 6 2R 2
UBBPd6 6 4R 2
eRAN8.1 LBBPd3 6 1R, 2R, or
1R+2R
3
LBBPd2, UBBPd3, andUBBPd4
3 1R, 2R, or 1R+2R
3
UBBPd5, UBBPd6, and
UMDUa3
6 1R, 2R, or
1R+2R
3
LBBPd3, UBBPd5,
UMDUa3
6 4R 2
LBBPd1 3 1R or 1R
+2R
3
NOTE
xR+yR indicates that UL CoMP can be performed in cells with some in xR mode and the others in yR
mode. x and y indicate the numbers of received antennas in different cells. xR+yR is used only when
cells involved in UL CoMP have different numbers of receive antennas. For example, 1R+2R indicate
that UL CoMP can be performed in cells with some in 1R mode and the others in 2R mode.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
25
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 32/169
Evolution of LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II
Table 2-5 Evolution of LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II
eNodeBVersion BBP Model ReceiveMode Number ofCells in aCoordinated Set
Scenario
eRAN7.0 and
later
LBBPd2, LBBPd3,
UBBPd3, UBBPd4,
UBBPd5, and UBBPd6
2R 2 Inter-BBU
UL CoMP
LBBPd2, LBBPd3,
UBBPd4, UBBPd5, and
UBBPd6
4R 2
eRAN8.1 LBBPd2, LBBPd3,UBBPd3, UBBPd4,
UBBPd5, and UBBPd6
1R, 2R, or 1R+2R
3
Evolution of LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU
Table 2-6 Evolution of LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU
eNodeBVersion
BBP Model ReceiveMode
Number ofCells in aCoordinated Set
Scenario
eRAN7.0 and
later
LBBPd2, LBBPd3,
UBBPd3, UBBPd4,
UBBPd5, and UBBPd6
2R 2 Inter-BBU
UL CoMP
based on
coordinated
BBULBBPd2, LBBPd3,
UBBPd4, UBBPd5, and
UBBPd6
4R 2
eRAN8.1 LBBPd2, LBBPd3,
UBBPd3, UBBPd4,UBBPd5, and UBBPd6
1R, 2R,
or 1R+2R
3
LBBPd2, LBBPd3,
UBBPd4, UBBPd5, and
UBBPd6
4R 2
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
26
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 33/169
Evolution of LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul
Table 2-7 Evolution of LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul
eNodeBVersion BBP Model Receive Mode Number ofCells in aCoordinatedSet
Scenario
eRAN8.1 LBBPd2 and
LBBPd3
UBBPd3,
UBBPd4,
UBBPd5, and
UBBPd6
2R 3 Inter-BBU UL
CoMP based on
relaxed
backhaul
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
27
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 34/169
3 Technical Description
This chapter describes the technical principles of UL CoMP, mainly the following key
technologies:
l Selection of UL CoMP UEs and coordinated cells
l Joint reception by multiple cells' antennas
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 3 Technical Description
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
28
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 35/169
3.1 Basic Process
Figure 3-1 shows the basic process of UL CoMP.
Figure 3-1 Basic process of UL CoMP
The basic process is implemented through the following functions:
l UL CoMP enabling
This function takes effect after the UL CoMP switch is turned on and cell-level
parameters such as candidate coordinated cell parameters are configured.
l Selection of UL CoMP UEs and coordinated cells
The eNodeB selects UL CoMP UEs and coordinated cells based on event A3
measurement reports, the number of physical resource blocks (PRBs) available for UL
CoMP in the serving cell, and information about PRBs allocated to UEs.
l Joint reception by multiple cells' antennas
The physical layer combines the signals received by the antennas of the serving and
coordinated cells of a UL CoMP UE based on information about the UE and coordinated
cells.
Among these functions, the second and third are key. They are described in 3.2 Selection of
UL CoMP UEs and Coordinated Cells and 3.3 Joint Reception by Multiple Cells'
Antennas.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 3 Technical Description
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
29
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 36/169
3.2 Selection of UL CoMP UEs and Coordinated Cells
Selecting UL CoMP UEs for Macro-Macro or Micro-Micro UL CoMP
Figure 3-2 illustrates the differences in reference signal received power (RSRP) between the
cells of an eNodeB to help understand the process of selecting UL CoMP UEs.
Figure 3-2 RSRP differences between cells
In the figure,
l The coordinates (0, 0) represent the antenna location.
l The horizontal and vertical axes represent the distances of UEs from the antenna (unit:
m).
l Different colors indicate different absolute RSRP differences (unit: dB).
RSRP difference is calculated as follows:
RSRP difference (dB) = RSRP received from a neighboring cell (dBm)– RSRP received in
the serving cell (dBm)
The color ribbon on the right of the figure shows the mapping between RSRP differences andcolors. For example, the deep blue at the bottom represents an RSRP difference of 0 dB.
UEs in different areas can be selected as different types of UEs:
l UEs in the blue area can be selected as type-1 UEs.
l UEs in the red or yellow areas can be selected as type-2 UEs if they experience
interference from type-1 UEs in the blue area.
Measuring RSRP
RSRP measurement used in UL CoMP is classified into two types:
l Downlink RSRP measurement
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 3 Technical Description
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
30
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 37/169
The UE measures the downlink RSRP (DL RSRP) values of the serving cell and
neighboring cells based on event A3 parameters configured on the eNodeB. The UE then
reports the measurements to the eNodeB.
Event A3 in UL CoMP is reported periodically after it is triggered and reported for the
first time. This reporting mode is called event-triggered periodic reporting mode. For details, see section 5.5.4.4 "Event A3 (Neighbour becomes offset better than serving)" in
3GPP TS 36.331 V9.9.0.
In macro-micro scenarios, there is a large difference in downlink CRS transmit power
between macro and micro cells. Therefore, the difference in downlink RSRP must be
corrected based on the difference in CRS transmit power so that appropriate UEs can be
selected for UL CoMP.
l Uplink RSRP measurement
The serving cell and neighboring cells of a UE receive SRSs from the UE and measures
the uplink RSRP (UL RSRP) values of these cells.
Selecting Type-1 UEs and Coordinated Cells for Macro-Macro or Micro-Micro ULCoMP
After UL CoMP is enabled:
1. A UE sends UL CoMP A3 measurement reports to the eNodeB when reporting
conditions are met.
2. The eNodeB sorts the reported neighboring cells by RSRP difference in descending
order. Then, it selects coordinated cells for this UE from these neighboring cells in that
order.
3. The eNodeB treats the reporting UE as a type-1 UE when the serving cell has sufficient
PRBs for UL CoMP.
4. The UE sends UL CoMP A3 leaving reports to the eNodeB when leaving conditions are
met.
5. The eNodeB no longer treats the UE as a UL CoMP UE when no coordinated cells can
be selected from the reported neighboring cells.
NOTE
l The UE sends a UL CoMP A3 measurement report if the signal strength of a neighboring cell minus
a specific UL CoMP A3 offset is greater than that of the serving cell. For details, see 3GPP TS
36.331.
l The UL CoMP A3 offset is specified by the CellUlCompAlgo.UlCompA3Offset or
CellUlCompAlgo.UlCompA3OffsetForRelaxedBH parameter.
l All A3 parameters for UL CoMP except the A3 offset can be configured in the CellMcPara MO.
In some unusual cases, immediately after a UE is handed over from an intra-frequency
neighboring cell, the eNodeB treats this UE as a type-1 UE and treats this cell as a
coordinated cell. The reason is that UL CoMP produces significant gains right after a
coverage-based intra-frequency handover.
Selecting Type-2 UEs and Coordinated Cells for Macro-Macro or Micro-Micro ULCoMP
The selection process is as follows:
1. Once a type-1 UE is identified, the serving cell and neighboring cells exchange the UE'sPRB location information over the Uu interface.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 3 Technical Description
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
31
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 38/169
2. The eNodeB treats a UE in a neighboring cell as a type-2 UE when the following
conditions are met:
– The PRB location of this UE overlaps that of the type-1 UE.
– This neighboring cell has enough PRBs for UL CoMP.
3. The eNodeB treats the serving cell of the type-1 UE as a coordinated cell for the type-2
UE.
Selecting Type-1 UEs and Coordinated Cells for Macro-Micro UL CoMP
Selecting UL CoMP UEs and Coordinated Cells for Macro-Micro CoMP Based on Event
A3
Before selecting neighboring micro cells as candidate coordinated cells for a UE in a macro
cell, the eNodeB needs to correct the RSRP differences based on the transmit power of macro
and micro cells. The correction formula is as follows:
RSRP difference after correction = RSRP difference before correction + (Pmacro - Pmicro)
Pmacro denotes the macro cell's transmit power (dBm). Pmicro denotes the micro cell's transmit
power (dBm).
The selection process is as follows:
1. A UE sends UL CoMP A3 measurement reports to the eNodeB when reporting
conditions are met.
2. The eNodeB creates a coordinated set for this UE:
– The eNodeB corrects the RSRP differences.
– The eNodeB creates an A3-based neighboring cell list. The neighboring cells on
this list must have RSRP differences greater than a specific UL CoMP A3 offset
and come from the coordinated cell list of the serving cell.
– The eNodeB sorts the neighboring cells on the A3-based neighboring cell list by
RSRP difference in descending order and selects coordinated cells for the UE from
these neighboring cells in that order.
3. The eNodeB selects type-1 UEs in the same way as for macro-macro UL CoMP.
Selecting UL CoMP UEs and Coordinated Cells for Macro-Micro CoMP Based on Event
A3 and SRS
1. Use parameters to manually create a list in which the neighboring micro cells of a macro
cell require sounding reference signal (SRS) measurements. Alternatively, enable amacro cell to automatically generate such a list.
In automatic mode, if a neighboring micro cell has treated the macro cell as its
neighboring cell based on handover relationships, the macro cell adds this neighboring
micro cell to the list.
2. The eNodeB creates a coordinated set for a UE:
– The eNodeB first creates an SRS-based neighboring cell list for a UE. The
neighboring cells on this list meet the following conditions:
(1) The RSRP differences between these neighboring cells and the serving cell are
greater than a specific UL CoMP A3 offset. Note that the RSRP values are
calculated based on SRS measurements.
(2) The neighboring cells come from the coordinated cell list of the serving cell.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 3 Technical Description
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
32
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 39/169
– The eNodeB then sorts the neighboring cells from the combination of A3-based and
SRS-based neighboring cell lists by RSRP difference in descending order. The
eNodeB selects coordinated cells for this UE from these neighboring cells in that
order to create a coordinated set for the UE.
3. When the serving cell of the UE has enough PRBs for UL CoMP and the A3- or SRS- based neighboring cell list of the UE is not empty, the eNodeB treats the UE as a type-1
UE.
4. When both the A3-based and SRS-based neighboring cell lists of the UE are empty, the
eNodeB no longer treats the UE as a UL CoMP UE.
NOTE
In macro-micro scenarios, the difference in UL RSRP between macro and micro cells may be greater
than the UL CoMP A3 offset, but the difference in DL RSRP between macro and micro cells may not be
greater than the A3 offset and the UE may not send measurement reports. Therefore, SRS measurement
is introduced for selecting coordinated cells for macro-micro UL CoMP.
When SRS measurement is used for macro-micro UL CoMP, see "Adding SRS Configurations in
HetNet Scenarios" in "Parameter Optimization" for configuration. If the configuration is incorrect, ULCoMP based on UL RSRP cannot take effect.
Selecting Type-1 UEs and Coordinated Cells for UL CoMP in SFN Scenarios
For UL CoMP in SFN scenarios, the eNodeB selects type-1 UEs and coordinated cells based
on both event A3 and SRS.
1. A UE sends UL CoMP A3 measurement reports to the eNodeB when reporting
conditions are met.
2. The eNodeB selects the neighboring cells with RSRP differences greater than a specified
A3 offset from the coordinated cell list.
– If the neighboring cells are non-SFN cells, the eNodeB creates an A3-based
neighboring cell list. The neighboring cells on this list must have RSRP differences
greater than a specific UL CoMP A3 offset and come from the coordinated cell list
of the serving cell.
– If the neighboring cells are SFN cells, the eNodeB creates an SRS-based
neighboring cell list in addition to an A3-based neighboring cell list. The
neighboring cells on the SRS-based list are physical cells. They must have RSRP
differences greater than a specific UL CoMP A3 offset and come from the
coordinated cell list of the serving cell. The RSRP values are obtained based on
SRS measurements.
3. The eNodeB sorts the neighboring cells from the combination of A3-based and SRS- based neighboring cell lists by RSRP difference in descending order and selects
coordinated cells for the UE from these neighboring cells in that order.
NOTE
l If an SFN cell is the serving cell of a UE and its neighboring cells are non-SFN cells, these common
cells can be selected as coordinated cells based on A3 measurement reports. The non-SFN cells do
not require SRS configurations.
l The start SRS subframes must be different between an SFN cell and its neighboring cells (SFN or
non-SFN cells). The eNodeB can treat a neighboring SFN cell as a coordinated cell for a UE only
when the UE is allocated SRS resource in the start SRS subframe. It is recommended that SRS
configurations be added according to the instructions in the "Parameter Optimization" sections.
lThe procedure for selecting type-2 UEs and coordinated cells in SFN scenarios is the same as that inmacro-macro and micro-micro scenarios.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 3 Technical Description
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
33
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 40/169
3.3 Joint Reception by Multiple Cells' Antennas
Joint reception by multiple cells' antennas is similar to joint reception by a single cell's
antennas.
Interference mitigation gains achieved in multiple cells are a main source of gains for UL
CoMP. These gains can be achieved only after the license for LOFD-001012 UL Interference
Rejection Combining is purchased and activated.
Both joint reception by a single cell's antennas and joint reception by multiple cells' antennas
combine signals to improve performance.
The difference between them is that joint reception by multiple cells' antennas reuses existing
antennas and radio frequency (RF) channels, without adding ones to cells. However, it also
provides lower gains, as the signal power received in each cell varies.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 3 Technical Description
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
34
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 41/169
4 Related Features
4.1 Relationships Between UL CoMP Features
Relationships between UL CoMP features are as follows:
l LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II requires LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP.
l LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU requires LOFD-070222 Intra-
eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II.
l LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul requires LOFD-070222 Intra-
eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II.
Figure 4-1 Relationships between UL CoMP features
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 4 Related Features
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
35
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 42/169
4.2 Features Related to LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB ULCoMP
Prerequisite Features
The prerequisite feature is LOFD-001012 UL Interference Rejection Combining. This feature
provides interference mitigation gains, a main source of gains for UL CoMP.
Mutually Exclusive Features
High Speed Mobility and Ultra High Speed Mobility
Rapid changes in channel quality or delay in high or ultra-high speed movement scenarios
have a significant impact on joint reception and signal combining. Therefore, when
LOFD-001007 High Speed Mobility or LOFD-001008 Ultra High Speed Mobility is enabled,
the eNodeB disables UL CoMP, regardless of whether the UL CoMP switch
(CellAlgoSwitch.UplinkCompSwitch) is turned on.
Frequency Hopping
When frequency hopping is enabled (that is, when the CellUlschAlgo.UlHoppingType
parameter is not set to Hopping_OFF), the eNodeB automatically disables UL CoMP,
regardless of whether the UL CoMP switch is turned on.
Remote Radio Unit
When the distances between remote radio units (RRUs) and the connected BBU are greater
than 20 km, the transmission delays from the RRUs to the BBP cannot meet the UL CoMPrequirements. In such a case, you need to turn off the UL CoMP switch.
NOTICE
The distances between RRUs and the connected BBU must be less than or equal to 20 km.
Multi-RRU Cell
If the Cell. MultiRruCellMode parameter is set to DIGITAL_COMBINATION, the eNodeB
automatically disables UL CoMP.
SFN Based on Coordinated BBU
l LOFD-081208 Inter-eNodeB SFN Based on Coordinated BBU
l LOFD-081209 Inter-eNodeB adaptive SFN/SDMA Based on Coordinated BBU
UL CoMP is not compatible with these SFN features based on coordinated BBU.
Impacted Features
UL CoMP uses the antennas of multiple cells to receive signals over the PUSCH. Therefore,
UL CoMP benefits all PUSCH-related features without affecting the applications of thesefeatures, for example:
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 4 Related Features
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
36
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 43/169
l Transmission time interval (TTI) bundling
l Voice over IP (VoIP)
l Radio access network (RAN) sharing
MU-MIMO
The following multi-user multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO) features are impacted:
l LOFD-001002 UL 2x2 MU-MIMO
l LOFD-001058 UL 2x4 MU-MIMO
For a UE, UL CoMP and MU-MIMO cannot take effect simultaneously although they can be
enabled at the same time. UL CoMP for type-1 UEs has the highest priority, MU-MIMO the
second, and UL CoMP for type-2 UEs the third.
UL ICIC
The following uplink inter-cell interference coordination (UL ICIC) features are impacted:
l LBFD-00202202 Uplink Static Inter-Cell Interference Coordination
l LOFD-00101402 Uplink Dynamic Inter-Cell Interference Coordination
UL ICIC allocates different frequency bands to CEUs to reduce inter-cell interference.
Therefore, when UL ICIC is enabled, UL CoMP cannot provide high interference mitigation
gains for CEUs. However, the total gains provided by UL ICIC and UL CoMP are higher than
the gains provided by only UL ICIC or UL CoMP.
Carrier Aggregation
The following CA features are impacted:
lLAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction
l LAOFD-001002 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 2CC in 40MHz
l LAOFD-070201 Flexible CA from Multiple Carriers
l LAOFD-080202 Carrier Aggregation for Uplink 2CC [Trial]
For a 4R cell, these carrier aggregation (CA) features and UL CoMP can be enabled
simultaneously. For a UE, however, these CA features and UL CoMP cannot take effect
simultaneously, and the CA features will take precedence over UL CoMP.
If LAOFD-080202 Carrier Aggregation for Uplink 2CC [Trial] is enabled, the uplink SCell of
a UE will not be selected for UL CoMP.
SFNThe following SFN features are impacted:
l LOFD-003029 SFN
l LOFD-070205 Adaptive SFN/SDMA
When UL CoMP works with SFN and a local cell has neighboring SFN cells, the eNodeB
selects UL CoMP UEs and coordinated cells based on SRS measurements. SRS resources in
SFN cells are preferentially allocated to UEs for SFN-related measurement so that the
eNodeB can select target RF modules and determine UE attributes. If there are too many UEs
in SFN cells, SRS resources may be insufficient and the number of UL CoMP UEs may be
less than that in UL CoMP between non-SFN cells.
CAMC
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 4 Related Features
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
37
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 44/169
The impacted feature is LOFD-081206 Intra-eNodeB Coordinated Uplink AMC.
The UL CoMP switch settings for all cells in a coordinated adaptive modulation and coding
(CAMC) set must be the same. If the UL CoMP switch settings are changed for some of the
cells, the CAMC set will change, which affects CAMC performance.
When UL CoMP is disabled, the CAMC A3 offset is determined by the
CellUlSchAlgo.UlCamcDlRsrpOffset parameter setting. When UL CoMP is enabled, the
CAMC A3 offset is equal to the UL CoMP A3 offset and the
CellUlSchAlgo.UlCamcDlRsrpOffset parameter does not take effect. If the UL CoMP A3
offset is different from the CAMC A3 offset, the interference measurement set will change,
which affects CAMC performance. Therefore, it is recommended that the UL CoMP A3
offset be equal to the CAMC A3 offset.
Other Features
The other impacted features include A3-related features, which share all A3 parameters
except the A3 offset with UL CoMP. The A3-related features include ICIC, adaptive ICIC
(aICIC), enhanced (eICIC), and GSM and LTE FDD Dynamic Spectrum Sharing (GLDSS).The shared A3 parameters are as follows:
l CellMcPara. Hysteresis
l CellMcPara.TriggerQuantity
l CellMcPara. ReportQuantity
l CellMcPara.TimeToTrigger
l CellMcPara. ReportInterval
l CellMcPara. ReportAmount
Any changes in the values of these parameters affect both the A3-related features and UL
CoMP.
4.3 Features Related to LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB ULCoMP Phase II
Prerequisite Features
LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II requires LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP and takes effect only when both features are enabled.
The other prerequisite features are the same as those of LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB ULCoMP.
Mutually Exclusive Features
This feature is mutually exclusive with MRFD-090202 GSM and LTE FDD Dynamic
Spectrum Sharing(LTE FDD).
The other features mutually exclusive with this feature are the same as those for
LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP.
Impacted Features
The following CA features are impacted:
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 4 Related Features
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
38
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 45/169
l LAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction
l LAOFD-001002 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 2CC in 40MHz
l LAOFD-070201 Flexible CA from Multiple Carriers
l LAOFD-080202 Carrier Aggregation for Uplink 2CC [Trial]
For a 4R cell, these CA features and UL CoMP can be enabled simultaneously. For a UE,
however, these CA features and UL CoMP cannot take effect simultaneously, and the CA
features will take precedence over UL CoMP.
If LAOFD-080202 Carrier Aggregation for Uplink 2CC [Trial] is enabled, the uplink SCell of
a UE will not be selected for UL CoMP.
LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II shares the intra-BBU inter-BBP
transmission bandwidth with these CA features. When the transmission bandwidth is limited,
any feature that fails to obtain bandwidth resources cannot take effect.
The other impacted features are the same as those of LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP.
4.4 Features Related to LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based onCoordinated BBU
Prerequisite Features
The prerequisite features include LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP and LOFD-070222
Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II. LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU
takes effect only when this feature and the prerequisite features are all enabled.
The other prerequisite features are the same as those of LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP.
Mutually Exclusive Features
The features mutually exclusive with this feature are the same as those for LOFD-070222
Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II.
Impacted Features
The following CA features are impacted:
l LAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction
l LAOFD-001002 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 2CC in 40MHz
l LAOFD-070201 Flexible CA from Multiple Carriers
l LAOFD-080202 Carrier Aggregation for Uplink 2CC [Trial]
For a 4R cell, the CA feature and UL CoMP can be enabled simultaneously. For a UE,
however, these features cannot take effect simultaneously, and the CA feature will take
precedence over UL CoMP.
If LAOFD-080202 Carrier Aggregation for Uplink 2CC [Trial] is enabled, the uplink
SCell of a UE will not be selected for UL CoMP.
l LAOFD-070202 Carrier Aggregation for 2CC based on Coordinated BBU
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 4 Related Features
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
39
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 46/169
This feature shares inter-BBU transmission bandwidth with LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
Based on Coordinated BBU. When the transmission bandwidth is limited, any feature
that fails to obtain bandwidth resources cannot take effect.
The other impacted features are the same as those of LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP.
4.5 Features Related to LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based onRelaxed Backhaul
Prerequisite Features
LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul requires the following features:
l LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP
l LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II
l LOFD-001048 TTI Bundling
NOTE
LOFD-001048 TTI bundling uses the retransmission interval 16 TTIs in the hybrid automatic
repeat request (HARQ) mechanism to better adapt to transmission delays induced by relaxed
backhaul networks.
LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul takes effect only when this feature and
all its prerequisite features are enabled.
The other prerequisite features are the same as those of LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP.
Mutually Exclusive Features
The features mutually exclusive with this feature are the same as those for LOFD-070223 UL
CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU.
Impacted Features
The following CA features are impacted:
l LAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction
l LAOFD-001002 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 2CC in 40MHz
l LAOFD-070201 Flexible CA from Multiple Carriers
l LAOFD-080202 Carrier Aggregation for Uplink 2CC [Trial]
l LAOFD-080201 Inter-eNodeB CA based on Relaxed backhaul
For a cell, these CA features can be enabled together with LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on
Relaxed Backhaul. For a CA UE, cells that are connected through a relaxed backhaul network
are not selected as coordinated cells for UL CoMP.
eX2 QoS Handling Mechanism
When the eNodeB detects that transport queues on an eX2 interface are congested, it triggers
back pressure on traffic related to inter-BBU UL CoMP based on relaxed backhaul on the eX2interface in question or it triggers a removal of coordinated cells connected through the eX2
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 4 Related Features
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
40
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 47/169
interface. As the number of coordinated cells decreases, the data rates of UL CoMP UEs may
also decrease.
When the eNodeB detects that the congestion is relieved, it either stops the back pressure or
restores the coordinated cells.
When the eNodeB detects that the transport resource is overloaded, it triggers a removal of
the eX2 interface and the coordinated cells connected through the eX2 interface.
SFN
The following SFN features are impacted:
l LOFD 003029 SFN
l LOFD-070205 Adaptive SFN/SDMA
These SFN features can be enabled together with LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed
Backhaul. However, UL CoMP cannot be performed in an SFN cell and another cell that are
connected through a relaxed backhaul network.
The other impacted features are the same as those of LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 4 Related Features
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
41
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 48/169
5 Network Impact
5.1 LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP
System Capacity
This feature effectively increases the average uplink throughput for UL CoMP UEs and
further increases the average uplink throughput for both CEUs and cells.
Network Performance
This feature improves MCSs for UL CoMP UEs, reduces the number of transport blocks
(TBs) erroneously transmitted in the initial uplink transmission, and effectively increases theaverage uplink throughput for both CEUs and cells. As the average CEU uplink throughput
increases, this feature enhances uplink coverage.
In long inter-RRU distance scenarios (for example, in suburban and rural areas), the
interference from neighboring cells is weak and therefore this feature does not provide high
interference mitigation gains.
5.2 LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II
System Capacity
This feature provides a larger coordination scope (from intra-BBP cells to intra-BBU inter-
BBP cells) than that provided by LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP. This results in an
increased average uplink throughput for both intra-BBU inter-BBP cells and CEUs.
Network Performance
This feature has the same impacts on network performance as LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 5 Network Impact
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
42
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 49/169
5.3 LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU
System Capacity
This feature increases the average uplink throughput for both inter-BBU cells and CEUs.
This feature expands coordination scope. It supports 3-cell UL CoMP in centralized,
distributed, or centralized+distributed Cloud BB scenarios and therefore further increases the
average uplink throughput for both cells and CEUs.
Network Performance
This feature has the same impacts on network performance as LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP.
5.4 LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul
System Capacity
This feature can be used when transmission performance is affected by transmission delay and
bandwidth. This feature has no impact on system capacity.
Network Performance
Together with TTI bundling (which is mainly used for voice services), this feature reduces the
number of uplink TBs erroneously transmitted during the initial transmission and decreases
the packet loss rate, thereby improving voice quality.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 5 Network Impact
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
43
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 50/169
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066
Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP
6.1 When to Use LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP
When the inter-RRU distance is not greater than 1000 m in urban areas, LOFD-001066 Intra-
eNodeB UL CoMP is recommended because this feature effectively increases the average
uplink throughput for intra-BBP cells and CEUs. In addition:
l In suburban, rural, and other areas where the inter-RRU distance is large, this feature is
not recommended.
l You are advised to optimize parameter settings by referring to the "Parameter
Optimization" section to reduce the impact of signaling processing for event A3
measurement reporting in one of the following situations:
– The uplink or downlink PRB usage is greater than 90%.
– The control channel element (CCE) usage is greater than 80%.
– The central processing unit (CPU) usage is greater than 80%.
l If there is intermodulation interference, solve this problem before using this feature.
l If the difference in cell-specific reference signal (CRS) transmit power between macro
and micro cells is greater than or equal to 6 dB, it is recommended that macro-micro UL
CoMP based on SRS measurement be used.
lWhen both SFN and UL CoMP are enabled, the start SRS subframe of the SFN cell must be different from those of its neighboring cells (common or SFN cells). The eNodeB can
select a neighboring SFN cell to serve as a coordinated cell for a UE only when the UE is
allocated SRS resource in the start SRS subframe.
6.2 Required Information
See 6.4.1 Requirements.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
44
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 51/169
6.3 Planning
RF Planning
N/A
Network Planning
For intra-frequency cells covered by antennas installed on the same pole or tower, it is
recommended that these cells be set up on the same BBP.
NOTE
When the BBP is restarted or reset, the cells are reestablished. The deployment information for these
cells may change and the coordinated cell lists may also change. These changes will affect the
performance of UL CoMP.
Hardware Planning
For details about the requirements for the BBP models in different UL CoMP scenarios, see
2.6 Evolution of UL CoMP.
6.4 Deployment
6.4.1 Requirements
Operating Environment
The following table describes the requirements for the operating environment.
Table 6-1 Requirements for the operating environment
Information toBe Collected
Requirements
eNodeB type Macro eNodeBs
RRU model If the LBBPc is used and the cells are configured for UL CoMP, theRRUs must have the same model.
Macro-micro and micro-micro UL CoMP in eRAN8.1 allows micro
cells to be low power nodes (LPNs), for example, RRU3220E.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
45
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 52/169
Information toBe Collected
Requirements
BBP model The BBP can be an LBBPc, LBBPd1, LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd3,
UBBPd4, UBBPd5, UBBPd6, or UMDUa3.
As the LBBPc processing capability is limited:
l When the cell bandwidth is 10 MHz or less, the LBBPc, LBBPd, or
UBBPd can be used.
l When the cell bandwidth is greater than 10 MHz, the LBBPd or
UBBPd can be used. If the LBBPc is used, the gains provided by UL
CoMP may be low.
Number of cells UL CoMP requires that at least two intra-frequency cells be set up on
the same BBP. If UL CoMP is enabled in only one cell, it will not take
effect.
If more than three cells are established on an LBBPc, all cells on theLBBPc cannot use UL CoMP.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
46
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 53/169
Information toBe Collected
Requirements
Cell
configuration
l The cells involved in intra-BBP UL CoMP must have the same
frequency, bandwidth, and cyclic prefix (CP) type. These cells can
be all in 1R, 2R, or 4R mode; or some in 1R mode and the others in
2R mode. The corresponding UL CoMP is also called 1R, 2R, 4R
and 1R+2R UL CoMP. Inter-BBP cells cannot perform UL CoMP.
l If a geographically adjacent cell of a local cell is an intra-BBP SFN
cell, the two cells must be configured with intra-frequency neighbor
relationships for handovers.
l Intra-BBP cells must have different physical cell identifiers (PCIs).
l An LBBPc, LBBPd1, LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd3, UBBPd4, or
UBBPd5 can be used to support three 2R cells each with a
bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.
l An LBBPd3 or UBBPd5 can be used to support six 2R cells eachwith a bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.
l An LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd4, or UBBPd5 can be used to support
three 4R cells each with a bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.
l An LBBPd3 can be used to support six 2R or 4R cells each with a
bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.
l A UBBPd5 or UBBPd6 can be used to support six 2R or 4R cells
each with a bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.
l An LBBPd1, LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd3, UBBPd4, UBBPd5,
UBBPd6, or UMDUa3 can be used to support 1R or 1R+2R UL
CoMP.
NOTE
l 4R UL CoMP can be performed in only two cells. It requires that the UE be a
type-1 UE, the modulation scheme be quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK)
or 16 Quadrature Amplitude Modulation (16QAM), and the networking
mode be any Cloud BB mode other than distributed Cloud BB.
l The capabilities of UMDUa3 and UBBPd6 to support UL CoMP are the
same as those of UBBPd5 and therefore are not described here.
l The LBBPc does not support the selection of coordinated cells for macro-
micro UL CoMP based on SRS measurement. That is, even when
UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch is turned on, the LBBPc cannot select
coordinated cells for macro-micro UL CoMP based on UL RSRP.
Inter-RRUdistance
It is recommended that UL CoMP be used only when the distance between the RRUs of the serving cell and coordinated cells is not
greater than 1000 m.
NOTE
l The CellAlgoSwitch.UlJRAntNumCombSw parameter settings of the serving cell and coordinated
cells must be matched. For example, to enable 1R+2R UL CoMP, turn on the Ul1R2RJRSwitch for
both 1R and 2R cells.
l Note that 2R UL CoMP and 4R UL CoMP are supported by default, without additional parameter
settings.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
47
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 54/169
Transmission Networking
None
License
The operator has purchased and activated the license for the feature listed in the following
table.
Feature ID FeatureName
Model LicenseControl Item
NetworkElement(NE)
Sales Unit
LOFD-00106
6
Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
LT1S0IU
LCP00
Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP(FDD)
eNodeB per cell
This license for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP controls UL CoMP in 2R or 4R
cells, depending on the number of receive antennas in the cells.
The maximum number of cells that can implement LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP is
subject to the licensed number. If the number of cells for which the feature is to be enabled is
greater than the licensed number, this feature can be enabled only for the licensed number of
cells.
Other Features
For details, see 4.2 Features Related to LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP.
6.4.2 Data Preparation
This section describes the data that you need to collect for setting parameters. Required data is
data that you must collect for all scenarios. Collect scenario-specific data when necessary for
a specific feature deployment scenario.
There are three types of data sources:
l Network plan (negotiation not required): parameter values planned and set by the
operator l Network plan (negotiation required): parameter values planned by the operator and
negotiated with the evolved packet core (EPC) or peer transmission equipment
l User-defined: parameter values set by users
Required Data
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in a BaseBandEqm MO to
configure baseband equipment information.
Suggestion: For cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same pole or tower, configure
them on the same BBP.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
48
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 55/169
Table 6-2 Parameters related to baseband equipment
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
Baseband
Equipment ID
BASEBANDEQM. B
ASEBANDEQMID
Network plan
(negotiation notrequired)
None
Baseband
Equipment Type
BASEBANDEQM. B
ASEBANDEQMTYP
E
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter to
ULDL.
UMTS UL
Demodulation Mode
BASEBANDEQM.U
MTSDEMMODE
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter to
NULL.
Cabinet No. of
Process Unit n
CNn Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
n indicates the
cabinet number of
the BBP, rangingfrom 0 to 7.
Subrack No. of
Process Unit n
SRNn Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
n indicates the
subrack number of
the BBP, ranging
from 0 to 1.
Slot No. of Process
Unit n
SNn Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
n indicates the slot
number of the BBP,
ranging from 0 to 5.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an eUCellSectorEqm MO to
configure a set of sector equipment for a cell.
It is recommended that intra-frequency cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same
pole or tower be configured on the same BBP.
Table 6-3 Parameters related to sector equipment for a cell
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
Local cell ID eUCellSectorEqm.
LocalCellId
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
None
Sector equipment ID eUCellSectorEqm.
SectorEqmId
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
None
Reference signal
power
eUCellSectorEqm.
ReferenceSignalPw
r
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
None
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
49
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 56/169
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
Baseband equipment
ID
eUCellSectorEqm.
BaseBandEqmId
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
None
Scenario-specific Data
In addition to required data, scenario-specific data also needs to be configured.
1. The following table describes parameter that must be set in the CellAlgoSwitch MO to
configure a UL CoMP switch.
Parameter Name
ParameterID
Data Source Setting Notes
UplinkCo
mpSwitch
CellAlgoSwi
tch.UplinkC
ompSwitch
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
This parameter specifies whether to
enable UL CoMP for a cell.
Default value:
l UlJointReceptionSwitch:Off
l UlJointReception3CellSwitch:Off
Recommended value:
l UlJointReceptionSwitch:On
l UlJointReception3CellSwitch:On
Additional setting notes for macro-
micro scenarios:
Default value:
l UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch:Off
l UlHetnetCompManualCo-
CellSw:Off
l UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw:Off
Recommended value:
l UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch:On
l UlHetnetCompManualCo-
CellSw:Off l UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw:On
(when the difference in CRS
transmit power between macro and
micro cells is greater than or equal
to 6 dB and the micro cell is a
common cell)
2. The following table describes the parameter that must be set in the CellAlgoSwitch MO
to configure an IRC switch.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
50
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 57/169
Parameter Name
ParameterID
DataSource
Setting Notes
PUSCH
IRC
algorithm
switch
CellAlgoSwi
tch. PuschIrc
AlgoSwitch
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
This parameter specifies a PUSCH IRC
algorithm.
The MrcIrcAdptSwitch option
specifies whether to enable adaptive
switching between MRC and IRC:
l Default value:
MrcIrcAdptSwitch:On
l Recommended value:
MrcIrcAdptSwitch:On
3. The following table describes the parameter that must be set in a CellUlCompAlgo MO
to configure a UL CoMP A3 offset.ParameterName
ParameterID
DataSource
Setting Notes
UlCompA3
Offset
CellUlCom
pAlgo.UlCo
mpA3Offset
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
This parameter specifies a UL CoMP
A3 offset. The value range is from -30
to +30, with a unit of 0.5 dB.
Default value: -20.
Recommended value: -20
4. The following table describes the parameter that must be set in a CellAlgoSwitch MO toconfigure a combination of cell RX modes.
ParameterName
ParameterID
DataSource
Setting Notes
UL JR
Antenna
Number
Combined
Switch
CellAlgoSw
itch.UlJRA
ntNumCom
bSw
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
This parameter specifies a combination
of receive modes for UL CoMP.
Default value:
l Ul1R1RJRSwitch:Off
l Ul1R2RJRSwitch:Off
Recommended value:l Ul1R1RJRSwitch:Off
l Ul1R2RJRSwitch:Off
NOTE
2R UL CoMP and 4R UL CoMP are supported by default after the UL CoMP switch is turned on.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
51
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 58/169
6.4.3 Precautions
For intra-frequency cells covered by antennas installed on the same pole or tower, it is
recommended that these cells be configured on the same BBP by referring to Scenario-
specific Data.
6.4.4 Hardware Adjustment
If the LBBPc is used, the cells to be selected for UL CoMP must be served by the same model
of RRUs.
6.4.5 Activation
6.4.5.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly DeployedeNodeBs
Enter the values of the parameters listed in the following table in a summary data file, which
also contains other data for the new eNodeBs to be deployed. Then, import the summary data
file into the Configuration Management Express (CME) for batch configuration. For detailed
instructions, see "Creating eNodeBs in Batches" in the initial configuration guide for the
eNodeB, which is available in the eNodeB product documentation.
The summary data file may be a scenario-specific file provided by the CME or a customized
file, depending on the following conditions:
l The MOs in the following table are contained in a scenario-specific summary data file.
In this situation, set the parameters in the MOs, and then verify and save the file.
l Some MOs in the following table are not contained in a scenario-specific summary data
file. In this situation, customize a summary data file to include the MOs before you can
set the parameters.
Table 6-4 Parameters related to activation of this feature
MO Sheet in theSummary Data File
Parameter Group Remarks
CellUlCompAl
go
eNodeB Radio Data LocalCellId,
UlCompA3Offset
For parameter
setting notes,
see 6.4.2 Data
Preparation.CellAlgoSwitc
h
eNodeB Radio Data LocalCellId,
UplinkCompSwitch,PuschIrcAlgoSwitch,
UlJRAntNumCombSw
6.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs
Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to activate a feature on
existing eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for
multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 Customize a summary data file with the MOs and parameters listed in section "Using theCME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs." For online help, press
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
52
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 59/169
F1 when a CME window is active, and select Managing the CME > CME Guidelines >
LTE Application Management > eNodeB Related Operations > Customizing a Summary
Data File for Batch eNodeB Configuration.
Step 2 Choose CME > LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Export Data >Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to export the eNodeB
data stored on the CME into the customized summary data file.
Step 3 In the summary data file, set the parameters in the MOs according to the setting notes
provided in section "Data Preparation" and close the file.
Step 4 Choose CME > LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Import Data >
Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to import the summary
data file into the CME, and then start the data verification.
Step 5 After data verification is complete, choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental
Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > ExportIncremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. For
detailed operations, see Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Script File Management
> Exporting Incremental Scripts from a Planned Data Area in the CME online help.
----End
6.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation" section for a single eNodeB.
The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 In the planned data area, click Base Station in the upper left corner of the configurationwindow.
Step 2 In area 1 shown in Figure 6-1, select the eNodeB to which the MOs belong.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
53
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 60/169
Figure 6-1 MO search and configuration window
NOTE
l To view descriptions of the parameters in the MO, click in area 4 and press F1.
lArea 5 displays the details of a selected area-4 entry in vertical format. Click the "Details" button toshow or hide this area.
Step 3 On the Search tab page in area 2, enter an MO name, for example, CELL.
Step 4 In area 3, double-click the MO in the Object Name column. All parameters in this MO are
displayed in area 4.
Step 5 Set the parameters in area 4 or 5.
Step 6 Choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or
choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client
mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts.
----End
6.4.5.4 Using MML Commands
MML Commands
The activation procedure for intra-BBP UL CoMP is as follows:
Step 1 Run the MOD CELLULCOMPALGO command to set a UL CoMP A3 offset.
MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;
NOTE
The default value is recommended.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
54
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 61/169
Step 2 To activate this feature, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the
UlJointReceptionSwitch for each cell involved.
l Macro-macro or micro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1;
l Macro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP
To activate macro-micro UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to set
the UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch, UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw , and
UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw for all macro and micro cells involved.
When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB
or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetC
ompManualNcellCfgSw-0;
When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than or
equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetC
ompManualNcellCfgSw-0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;
To enable manual configuration of to-be measured neighboring cells in macro-micro scenarios
when the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw switch is on, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
command to turn on the corresponding switch and run the MOD
EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL command to set the relationships between intra-frequency
macro and micro cells.
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;
MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,
CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;
Step 3 To activate 3-cell UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to set the
UlJointReceptionSwitch and UlJointReception3CellSwitch for each cell involved.
l Macro-macro or micro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReception3CellSwitch-1;
l Macro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP
To activate macro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command
to set the UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch, UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw , and
UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw for all macro and micro cells involved.
When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB
or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJo
intReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0;
When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than or
equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJo
intReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;
To enable manual configuration of to-be measured neighboring cells in macro-micro scenarioswhen the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw switch is on, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
55
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 62/169
command to turn on the corresponding switch and run the MOD
EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL command to set the relationships between intra-frequency
macro and micro cells.
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,
CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;
Step 4 To activate 1R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the
Ul1R1RJRSwitch for each cell involved.
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;
Step 5 To activate 1R+2R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the
Ul1R2RJRSwitch for each cell involved.
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;
Step 6 If the license for LOFD-001012 UL Interference Rejection Combining has been purchased
and activated, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the
MrcIrcAdptSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;
----End
MML Command Examples
NOTE
The commands for activating UL CoMP need to be executed for each cell involved. The following uses
the configuration of one cell as an example.
1. Macro-macro or micro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP
MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;
//Activating 1R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;
//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;
2. Macro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP
MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;
//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB
or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetC
ompManualNcellCfgSw-0;
//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than
or equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetC
ompManualNcellCfgSw-0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;
//Enabling manual configuration of to-be-measured neighboring cells in macro-microscenarios when the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw switch is on
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
56
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 63/169
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;
MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,
CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;
//Activating 1R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;
//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;
3. Macro-macro or micro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP
MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReception3CellSwitch-1;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;
//Activating 1R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;
//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;
4. Macro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP
MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;
//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB
or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJo
intReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0;
//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than
or equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJo
intReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;
//Enabling manual configuration of to-be-measured neighboring cells in macro-micro
scenarios when the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw switch is on
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;
MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,
CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;
//Activating 1R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;
//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;
6.4.6 Activation Observation
The following table describes the activation observation methods.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
57
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 64/169
Table 6-5 Activation observation methods
Method Procedure Result Reference
Use MML
commands.
Run the DSP
CELLULCOMPCLUSTER command to query the
observation results.
If there is a cell in the
coordinated cell list,the feature has been
activated.
6.4.6.1 Using
MMLCommands
Use
signaling.
Create a Uu interface tracing
task and check whether the
eNodeB delivers a UL CoMP
A3 measurement configuration
after a UE accesses the
network.
If the eNodeB delivers
the measurement
configuration, the
feature has been
activated.
6.4.6.2 Using
Signaling
Query the
number of
UL CoMP
UEs in a cell
on the
U2000
client.
On the U2000 client, create a
cell-level UL CoMP
monitoring task and query the
number of UL CoMP UEs in a
cell.
If the number of UL
CoMP UEs is not 0,
the feature has been
activated.
6.4.6.3
Querying the
Number of UL
CoMP UEs in
a Cell on the
U2000 Client
Query the
UL CoMP
status of
UEs on the
U2000
client.
On the U2000 client, create a
UE-level UL CoMP
monitoring task and query the
UL CoMP status of UEs.
If the UEs are CoMP
UEs, the feature has
been activated.
6.4.6.4
Querying the
UL CoMP
Status of UEs
on the U2000
Client
Use
counters.
Query the values of
L.ULCoMP.User.Avg (ID:
1526728338),
L.ULCoMP.User.Max (ID:
1526728339), and
L.ULCoMP.RB (ID:
1526728340).
If any of the counter
values is not 0, the
feature has been
activated.
6.4.6.5 Using
Counters
6.4.6.1 Using MML Commands
Run the DSP CELLULCOMPCLUSTER command to query the coordinated cell list of one
cell or the coordinated cell lists of all cells of the eNodeB. The command output contains the
eNodeB IDs and local cell IDs of coordinated cells. If the coordinated cell list is not empty,
the feature has been activated.
6.4.6.2 Using Signaling
This method applies only to type-1 UEs. If all A3-based features except UL CoMP are
disabled, you can determine whether this feature has been activated by observing the
signaling.
Step 1 Enable a UE to access a cell. Search Figure 6-2 for the RRC_CONN_RECFG message.Double-click the message to see the UL CoMP A3 measurement configuration delivered by
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
58
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 65/169
the eNodeB, as shown in Figure 6-3. If the A3 offset in the message is consistent with the
UlCompA3Offset parameter value, the feature has been activated.
Figure 6-2 Uu tracing results
Figure 6-3 UL CoMP A3 offset
Step 2 Move the UE to the overlapping area between intra-BBP cells. Alternatively, simulate the
signal quality at the cell edge by adjusting an attenuator. The UE sends an event A3
measurement report to the eNodeB. The eNodeB determines that this cell is at the cell edge
based on the A3 report and selects this UE as a CoMP UE. The eNodeB selects an intra-BBP
neighboring cell with the highest signal strength among the reported cells and treats this cell
as a coordinated cell.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
59
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 66/169
Figure 6-4 UL CoMP A3 measurement report
Figure 6-5 UL CoMP A3 measurements
Step 3 Use the UE to perform uplink FTP services, and check the uplink throughput. If the uplink
throughput is higher than that before feature activation, the feature takes effect as expected.
----End
6.4.6.3 Querying the Number of UL CoMP UEs in a Cell on the U2000 Client
If the query result shows that the number of UL CoMP UEs is not 0, the feature has been
activated.
The activation observation procedure is as follows:
Step 1 On the U2000 client, choose Monitor > Signaling Trace > Signaling Trace Management.
Step 2 On the Signaling Trace Management tab page, choose Trace Type > LTE > Cell
Performance Monitoring, and then double-click UL CoMP (Cell) Monitoring.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
60
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 67/169
Figure 6-6 UL CoMP (Cell) Monitoring
Step 3 Enter a task name in the Trace Name text box, select an eNodeB to be monitored, and then
click Next.
Figure 6-7 Setting basic information
Step 4 Enter the local cell ID, and then click Finish.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
61
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 68/169
Figure 6-8 Entering the local cell ID
Step 5 Double-click the task in the running state.
Figure 6-9 Observing the monitoring task status
Step 6 Observe the number of UL CoMP UEs in the cell. The following figure shows that there is a
type-2 UE in the cell.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
62
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 69/169
Figure 6-10 Observing the number of UL CoMP UEs in the cell
Step 7 Observe the number of different types of UL CoMP UEs in the figure above. For the
definitions of type-1 and type-1 UEs, see UL CoMP UE. The following lists the monitoring
items:
l UL CoMP Users Num of Scenario 1: Number of UEs that are selected as only type-1
UEs during a sampling period
l UL CoMP Users Num of Scenario 2: Number of UEs that are selected as only type-2
UEs during a sampling periodl UL CoMP Users Num of 3 Sectors Scenario: Number of type-1 and type-2 UEs for
which only 3-cell UL CoMP has been performed during a sampling period
l UL CoMP Users Num of mixed Scenario: Number of UEs that are selected as both
type-1 and type-2 UEs during a sampling period
A UE for which 3-cell UL CoMP has been performed is not only counted in the item UL
CoMP Users Num of 3 Sectors Scenario but also counted in other corresponding items
l Hetnet UL CoMP Users Num of Scenario 1: Num ber of UEs that are selected as only
type-1 UEs and have at least one coordinated cell being a low power node (LPN) during
a sampling period
lHetnet UL CoMP Users Num of Scenario 2: Number of UEs that are selected as onlytype-2 UEs and have at least one coordinated cell being an LPN during a sampling
period
l Hetnet UL CoMP Users Num of mixed Scenario: Number of UEs that are selected as
both type-1 and type-2 UEs and have at least one coordinated cell being a low power
node (LPN) during a sampling period
----End
6.4.6.4 Querying the UL CoMP Status of UEs on the U2000 Client
If the query result shows that there are UL CoMP UEs, the feature has been activated.
The activation observation procedure is as follows:
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
63
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 70/169
Step 1 On the U2000 client, choose Monitor > Signaling Trace > Signaling Trace Management.
Step 2 On the Signaling Trace Management tab page, choose Trace Type > LTE > User
Performance Monitoring, and then double-click UL CoMP (User) Monitoring.
Figure 6-11 UL CoMP (User) Monitoring
Step 3 Enter a task name in the Trace Name text box, select an eNodeB to be monitored, and then
click Next, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 6-12 Setting basic information of the monitoring task
Step 4 Set MMEc and mTMSI (see details in 3GPP TS 36.331), and then click Finish.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
64
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 71/169
Figure 6-13 Setting MMEc and mTMSI
Step 5 Double-click the task in the running state.
Figure 6-14 Observing the monitoring task status
Step 6 Observe the UL CoMP status of UEs.
Figure 6-15 Querying the UL CoMP status of UEs
The digits in this figure and the values of the UL CoMP User Indication field in the
preceding table have one-to-one relationships:
l 0: Normal User, that is, non-UL-CoMP user
l 1: UL CoMP User of Scenario 1
l 2: UL CoMP User of Scenario 2
l 3: UL CoMP User of mixed Scenario
l 4: Hetnet UL CoMP User of Scenario 1
l 5: Hetnet UL CoMP User of Scenario 2
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
65
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 72/169
l 6: Hetnet UL CoMP User of mixed Scenario
For details about UL CoMP Users Num of Scenario 1 and UL CoMP Users Num of
Scenario 2, see 2.5.1 Sources of Gains. The UL CoMP Users Num of mixed Scenario field
provides the number of UEs that were selected as both type-1 and type-2 UEs during the
sampling period.
----End
6.4.6.5 Using Counters
When there are UEs that meet the UL CoMP requirements, you can check whether this
feature has been activated by observing the following counters:
l L.ULCoMP.User.Avg (ID:1526728338)
l L.ULCoMP.User.Max (ID: 1526728339)
l L.ULCoMP.RB (ID: 1526728340)
If the value of any counter is not 0, this feature has been activated.
The activation observation procedure is as follows:
Step 1 On the U2000 client, choose Performance > Query Result. The Untitled tab page is
displayed.
Figure 6-16 Result query
Step 2 Right-click on the Untitled tab page, and then choose New Query from the shortcut menu.
Figure 6-17 New query
Step 3 On the Object tab page in the New Query dialog box, select eNodeBs, and then click > tomove the eNodeBs to the right pane.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
66
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 73/169
Figure 6-18 Object setting
Step 4 Select counters as follows: In the left pane, choose eNodeB > Measurements related to
Channel(LTE) > PRB Measurement. On the Counter tab page, select L.ULCoMP.RB and
click > to move this counter to the right pane. In the left pane, choose eNodeB >
Measurements related to ChMeas > Measurements related to Traffic(LTE) > Cell User
Quantity Measurement. On the Counter tab page, select L.ULCoMP.User.Max and
L.ULCoMP.User.Avg, and click > to move the two counters to the right pane. In addition to
selecting counters, you can also set the measurement period to 15 or 60 minutes, as shown in
Figure 6-19.
Figure 6-19 Counter setting
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
67
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 74/169
NOTE
To observe the activation of LOFD-070222, move L.ChMeas.ULCoMPPhase2.PRB.Avg to the right
pane. To observe the activation of LOFD-070223, move L.ChMeas.ULOverBBUCoMP.PRB.Avg to
the right pane. You can find the two counters by choosing eNodeB > Measurements related to
Channel(LTE) > PRB Measurement.
Step 5 On the Other tab page, click Custom, set the measurement time, and then click Query.
Figure 6-20 Time setting
Step 6 Observe the changes in the status of UL CoMP UEs.
Figure 6-21 Query results
----End
6.4.7 Reconfiguration
N/A
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
68
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 75/169
6.4.8 Deactivation
6.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration
Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to deactivate a feature on
eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple
eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure for feature deactivation is similar to that for
feature activation described in 6.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for
Existing eNodeBs. In the procedure, modify parameters according to the following table.
Table 6-6 Parameters related to deactivation of this feature
MO Sheet in theSummary DataFile
Parameter Group Setting Notes
CELLALGOSW
ITCH
eNodeB Radio
Data
LocalCellId,
UplinkCompSwitch,
UlJRAntNumCombSw
For parameter setting
notes, see 6.4.2 Data
Preparation.
6.4.8.2 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set parameters according to 6.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch
Configuration. For detailed instructions, see 6.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single
Configuration described for feature activation.
6.4.8.3 Using MML Commands
MML Commands
l To deactivate 3-cell UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn
off the UlJointReception3CellSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReception3CellSwitch-0;
l To deactivate the selection of coordinated cells based on UL RSRP for macro-micro UL
CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn off the
UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw switch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-0;
l To deactivate macro-micro UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command
to turn off the UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-0;
l To deactivate LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP, run the MOD
CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn off the UlJointReceptionSwitch for each cell
involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-0;
l To deactivate 1R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn off
the Ul1R1RJRSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-0;
l
To deactivate 1R+2R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command toturn off the Ul1R2RJRSwitch for each cell involved.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
69
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 76/169
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-0;
NOTICEAfter a feature is deactivated, no dependent features can take effect.
MML Command Examples
NOTE
To deactivate one type of UL CoMP, the corresponding command needs to be executed for each cell
involved. The following uses the configuration of one cell as an example.
l Deactivating 3-cell UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReception3CellSwitch-0;
l Deactivating the selection of coordinated cells based on UL RSRP for macro-micro ULCoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-0;
l Deactivating macro-micro UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-0;
l Deactivating LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-0;
l Deactivating 1R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-0;
l Deactivating 1R+2R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-0;
6.5 Performance Monitoring
The following table lists the counters and expected results after feature activation.
Table 6-7 Counters and expected results
Counter Expected Result
L.ChMeas.PUSCH.MCS.0
through L.ChMeas.PUSCH.MCS.
28
The average value of modulation and coding scheme
(MCS) indexes increases.
L.ULCoMP.User.Avg
L.ULCoMP.User.Max
The average or maximum number of UL CoMP UEs
increases, indicating higher gains.
L.ULCoMP.RB The number of UL CoMP PRBs increases,
indicating higher gains.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
70
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 77/169
Counter Expected Result
L.Thrp.bits.UL
L.Thrp.Time.UL
The average uplink UE throughput increases.
Average uplink UE throughput = L.Thrp.bits.UL/
L.Thrp.Time.ULwhere
l L.Thrp.bits.UL indicates the total traffic volume
of uplink protocol data units (PDUs) received at
the Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP)
layer in a cell.
l L.Thrp.Time.UL indicates the total duration of
receiving uplink PDUs at the PDCP layer in a
cell.
Monitoring Uplink MCSs
The counters used to monitor uplink MCSs are L.ChMeas.PUSCH.MCS.0 (ID:
1526727412) to L.ChMeas.PUSCH.MCS.28 (ID: 1526727440). The long-term (≥ 24 hours)
measurement result indicates that the number of large MCS indexes increases after feature
activation, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 6-22 Comparison of the performance with UL CoMP and without UL CoMP
Monitoring the Number of UL CoMP UEs
The counters used to monitor the average and maximum numbers of UL CoMP UEs areL.ULCoMP.User.Avg (ID: 1526728338) and L.ULCoMP.User.Max (ID: 1526728339). If
the value of either counter is small, the number of UEs selected for UL CoMP is small and the
gains provided by UL CoMP are not obvious. If the values of both counters are large, the
gains provided by UL CoMP are high.
Monitoring the Proportion of UL CoMP PRBs
If the proportion of UL CoMP PRBs is high, the increase in the uplink throughput is obvious.
Proportion of UL CoMP PRBs = L.ULCoMP.RB/(L.ChMeas.PRB.UL.Used.Avg–
L.ChMeas.PRB.PUCCH.Avg)
where
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
71
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 78/169
l L.ULCoMP.RB (ID: 1526728340): indicates the average number of PRBs allocated to
UL CoMP UEs.
l L.ChMeas.PRB.UL.Used.Avg (ID: 1526726737): indicates the average number of
PRBs allocated to all UEs on uplink channels.
l L.ChMeas.PRB.PUCCH.Avg (ID: 1526727483): indicates the average number of PRBsallocated to physical uplink control channel (PUCCH).
The gains provided by UL CoMP also depend on other factors such as interference,
networking mode, user distribution, and user services. Therefore, the specific gains cannot be
directly quantified by these counters.
Monitoring the Average UE Uplink Throughput
UL CoMP can increase the average UE uplink throughput.
Average uplink UE throughput = L.Thrp.bits.UL/L.Thrp.Time.UL
where
l L.Thrp.bits.UL (ID: 1526728259): indicates the total traffic volume of uplink PDU data
received at the PDCP layer in a cell.
l L.Thrp.Time.UL (ID: 1526728260): indicates the total duration of receiving uplink data
at the PDCP layer in a cell
NOTE
The gains provided by UL CoMP also depend on interference, networking mode, user distribution, user
services, and other factors.
6.6 Parameter Optimization
Reducing Signaling Overhead
UL CoMP for type-1 UEs increases the amount of Uu signaling because the UEs report
measurements every 5 seconds.
To reduce signaling overhead, you can change the number of A3 measurement reports to 1
when other A3-dependent features (such as ICIC, aICIC, eICIC, CSPC, and GLDSS) are not
used, by running the following command:
MOD CELLMCPARA: LocalCellId=0, ReportAmount=r1;
NOTE
The change does not affect the performance of UL CoMP. The eNodeB can still determine whether to
enable UL CoMP for UEs based on event-triggered UL CoMP A3 measurements.
To further reduce the number of A3 measurement reports and signaling overhead, you can
reduce the UL CoMP A3 offset by running the following command:
MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-6;
Preventing Uplink Throughput Decrease
UL CoMP will result in decreases in uplink throughput when the LBBPc is used andinterference from coordinated cells is hard to reduce.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
72
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 79/169
To prevent the decrease, you can use the UL CoMP rollback switch
CellAlgoSwitch.UplinkCompSwitch.UlCompRollbackSwitch. When this switch is on, the
eNodeB detects signal and interference changes in the serving and neighboring cells in real
time. If the eNodeB finds out that interference from neighboring cells is hard to mitigate, it
does not perform UL CoMP. The command for turning on the switch is as follows:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlCompRollbackSwitch-1;
Generating PCI Conflict Alarms
PCI conflicts between intra-frequency neighboring cells have a negative impact on the
performance of UL CoMP. You are advised to turn on the PCI conflict alarm switch so that
PCI collision or confusion can be reported. The command for turning on the switch is as
follows:
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: PciConflictAlmSwitch=ON;
Setting SRS Parameters for Macro-Micro UL CoMPIf selection of coordinated cells based on UL RSRP is enabled for macro-micro UL CoMP,
the SRS configuration procedure does not work. Without SRS configuration, a cell cannot
perform such a selection. Therefore, manually setting SRS parameters is required in this case.
To set SRS parameters, perform the following steps:
Step 1 Run the MOD SRSCFG command to set SrsCfgInd to BOOLEAN_TRUE,
FddSrsCfgMode to DEFAULTMODE, and SrsSubframeCfg based on the result of (PCI
mod 3) +3. The following assumes that the PCI is 0.
MOD SRSCFG: LocalCellId=0, SrsSubframeCfg=SC3,SrsCfgInd=BOOLEAN_TRUE,
FddSrsCfgMode=DEFAULTMODE;
Step 2 Run the MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG command to set SRS reporting period adaptation
parameters. Set SrsPeriodAdaptive to OFF and UserSrsPeriodCfg to ms40.
MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG: LocalCellId=0, SrsPeriodAdaptive=OFF, UserSrsPeriod=ms40;
----End
Adjusting SRS Parameters for UL CoMP in SFN Scenarios
SRS parameters are configured for SFN cells during cell setup. After SFN and UL CoMP are
both enabled, the SRS configuration procedure does not work.
If a neighboring cell of an SFN cell does not have SRS parameters configured, thisneighboring cell cannot select the SFN cell for UL CoMP. If the neighboring cell has SRS
parameters configured but it has the same start SRS subframe as the SFN cell or does not
have uplink-downlink subframe configuration SC3, SC4, or SC5, the neighboring cell also
cannot select the SFN cell for UL CoMP.
Run the following command to check the SRS parameters of each cell:LST SRSCFG: LocalCellId=0;
If a neighboring cell of an SFN cell does not have SRS parameters configured, the SFN cell
cannot select it for UL CoMP.
If a neighboring cell of an SFN cell has SRS parameters configured and the
FDDRESMODE.SfnCapabilityMode parameter is set to NORMAL, you can adjust theSRS parameters as follows:
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
73
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 80/169
1. Run the MOD SRSCFG command to set SrsCfgInd to BOOLEAN_TRUE,
FddSrsCfgMode to DEFAULTMODE, and SrsSubframeCfg based on the result of
(PCI mod 3) +3. The following assumes that the PCI is 0.MOD SRSCFG: LocalCellId=0, SrsSubframeCfg=SC3,SrsCfgInd=BOOLEAN_TRUE,
FddSrsCfgMode=DEFAULTMODE;
2. Run the MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG command to set SRS reporting period
adaptation parameters. Set SrsPeriodAdaptive to OFF and UserSrsPeriodCfg to ms40.MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG:
LocalCellId=0,SrsPeriodAdaptive=OFF,UserSrsPe riod=ms40;
NOTICE
l Changing the SRS configuration of an in-service cell would result in the automatic reset of
the cell.
l
For the impact of SRS configuration on performance, see Physical Channel Resource Management Feature Parameter Description.
6.7 Troubleshooting
Fault Description
After UL CoMP is enabled, the uplink throughput of CEUs in a cell does not increase under
the same conditions as before UL CoMP is enabled.
After UL CoMP is enabled across the entire network, the values of countersL.ULCoMP.User.Avg (ID: 1526728338), L.ULCoMP.User.Max (ID: 1526728339), and
L.ULCoMP.RB (ID: 1526728340) of some or all cells remain 0.
Fault Handling
Step 1 Check related alarms, for example, an alarm that indicates the capacity of a cell decreases. If
there is such an alarm, handle the alarm according to the instructions in eNodeB Alarm
Reference. If there is not such alarm, go to Step 2.
Step 2 Run the LST CELLALGOSWITCH command to check the UL CoMP switch setting. If the
switch is turned off, turn it on and end the troubleshooting. If the switch is turned on, go to
Step 3.
Step 3 Run the DSP LICINFO command to check the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP(FDD).
l If the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP(FDD) is 0, go to Step 4 and Step
5.
l If the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP(FDD) is not 0, go to Step 6 and
Step 7.
Step 4 Modify eNodeB configurations if they do not meet the UL CoMP deployment requirements.
Step 5 Check whether there are mutually exclusive features by referring to 4.2 Features Related to
LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP. If there are, end the troubleshooting. Otherwise,go to Step 8.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
74
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 81/169
Step 6 Run the DSP CELLULCOMPCLUSTER command to check the coordinated cell list. If
there are coordinated cells, go to Step 7. Otherwise, go to Step 8.
Step 7 Check whether the cells selected for UL CoMP meet the requirements for the operating
environment. If the cells do not, end the troubleshooting. If the cells do, go to Step 8.
Step 8 Contact Huawei technical support.
----End
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
6 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
75
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 82/169
7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222
Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II
7.1 When to Use LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMPPhase II
If the inter-RRU distance is not greater than 1000 m in urban areas, the Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP Phase II function is recommended because it supports intra-BBU UL CoMP and
effectively increases the average uplink throughput for cells and CEUs.
l In suburban, rural, and other areas where the inter-RRU distance is large, this feature is
not recommended.l You are advised to optimize parameter settings by referring to the "Parameter
Optimization" section to reduce the impact of signaling processing for event A3
measurement reporting in one of the following situations:
– The uplink or downlink PRB usage is greater than 90%.
– The control channel element (CCE) usage is greater than 80%.
– The central processing unit (CPU) usage is greater than 80%.
l If there is intermodulation interference, solve this problem before using this feature.
l If the difference in cell-specific reference signal (CRS) transmit power between macro
and micro cells is greater than or equal to 6 dB, it is recommended that macro-micro UL
CoMP based on SRS measurement be used.
l When both SFN and UL CoMP are enabled, the start SRS subframe of the SFN cell must
be different from those of its neighboring cells (common or SFN cells). The eNodeB can
select a neighboring SFN cell to serve as a coordinated cell for a UE only when the UE is
allocated SRS resource in the start SRS subframe.
7.2 Required Information
See 7.4.1 Requirements.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP Phase II
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
76
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 83/169
NOTE
This feature shares system resources with SFN, CA, and CSPC. Before deploying this feature, contact
Huawei engineers for resource audit.
7.3 Planning
RF Planning
N/A
Network Planning
This feature can be implemented only among cells in the same connection set.
If a BBU3900 is used, an intra-BBU connection set must contain at least one LBBPd or
UBBPd installed in slot 2 or 3.
If a BBU3910 is used, there is no restriction on an intra-BBU connection set.
For intra-frequency cells covered by antennas installed on the same pole or tower, it is
recommended that these cells be set up on the same BBP and bound to baseband equipment.
Geographically adjacent intra-frequency cells should be established on the same BBP or the
BBPs whose cells compose a connection set and be bound to baseband equipment.
NOTE
When the BBP is restarted or reset, the cells are reestablished. The deployment information for these
cells may change and the coordinated cell lists may also change. These changes will affect the
performance of UL CoMP.
Hardware Planning
For the requirements on BBP models in different UL CoMP scenarios, see 2.6 Evolution of
UL CoMP.
7.4 Deployment
7.4.1 Requirements
Operating Environment
LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II requires LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP and takes effect only when both features are enabled. The following table describes the
requirements for the operating environment.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP Phase II
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
77
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 84/169
Table 7-1 Requirements for the operating environment
Informationto BeCollected
Requirements
eNodeB type Macro eNodeBs
RRU model Macro-micro and micro-micro UL CoMP allows micro cells to be LPNs,
for example, RRU3220E.
BBP model LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd3, UBBPd4, UBBPd5, or UBBPd6
Number of cells UL CoMP requires at least two intra-frequency cells in a connection set.
If UL CoMP is enabled in only one cell, it will not take effect.
Cell
configuration
l UL CoMP can be performed in intra-BBU inter-BBP cells. The
serving cell and coordinated cells must be configured in the same
connection set. For details, see 7.3 Planning.l The cells that are geographically adjacent must be configured as
intra-frequency neighboring cells with different PCIs.
l The cells involved in UL CoMP must have the same frequency,
bandwidth, and CP type. These cells can be all in 1R, 2R, or 4R
mode; or some in 1R mode and the other in 2R mode. The
corresponding UL CoMP is also called 1R, 2R, 4R and 1R+2R UL
CoMP.
l An LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd4, or UBBPd5 can be used to support
three 2R or 4R cells each with a bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4
MHz.
l An LBBPd3 can be used to support six 2R or 4R cells each with a bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.
l A UBBPd3 can be used to support three 2R cells each with a
bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.
l A UBBPd5 or UBBPd6 can be used to support six 2R or 4R cells
each with a bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.
l The cells can be set up on different models of LBBP, UBBP, or both.
l An LBBPd1, LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd3, UBBPd4, UBBPd5,
UBBPd6, or UBBPda can be used to support 1R or 1R+2R UL
CoMP.
NOTE4R UL CoMP can be performed in only two cells. It requires that the UE be a
type-1 UE, the modulation scheme be QPSK or 16QAM, and the networking
mode be any Cloud BB mode other than distributed Cloud BB.
Inter-RRU
distance
It is recommended that UL CoMP be used only when the distance
between the RRUs of the serving cell and coordinated cells is not greater
than 1000 m.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP Phase II
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
78
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 85/169
NOTE
The CellAlgoSwitch.UlJRAntNumCombSw parameter settings of the serving cell and coordinated
cells must be matched. For example, to enable 1R+2R UL CoMP, turn on the Ul1R2RJRSwitch for
both 1R and 2R cells. Note that 2R UL CoMP and 4R UL CoMP are supported by default, without
additional parameter settings.
Transmission Networking
None
License
The operator has purchased and activated the license for the feature listed in the following
table.
FeatureID Feature Name Model LicenseControl Item NE Sales Unit
LOFD-070
222
LOFD-070222
Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP
Phase II
LT1SIUL
CP200
Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP Phase
II(FDD)
eNodeB per cell
The number of cells that can implement LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II is
subject to the licensed number. If the number of cells for which the feature is to be enabled is
greater than the licensed number, this feature can be enabled only for the licensed number of cells.
To deploy LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II, the license for LOFD-001066
Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP must be purchased and activated.
Other Features
For details, see 4.3 Features Related to LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II.
7.4.2 Data Preparation
This section describes the data that you need to collect for setting parameters. Required data is
data that you must collect for all scenarios. Collect scenario-specific data when necessary for
a specific feature deployment scenario.
There are three types of data sources:
l Network plan (negotiation not required): parameter values planned and set by the
operator
l Network plan (negotiation required): parameter values planned by the operator and
negotiated with the EPC or peer transmission equipment
l User-defined: parameter values set by users
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP Phase II
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
79
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 86/169
Required Data
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in a BaseBandEqm MO to
configure baseband equipment information.
It is recommended that intra-frequency cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same pole or tower be configured on the same BBP, and intra-frequency cells that are
geographically adjacent but served by RRUs installed on different poles or towers be
configured in the same connection set. For details, see 7.3 Planning.
Table 7-2 Parameters related to baseband equipment
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
Baseband
Equipment ID
BASEBANDEQM. B
ASEBANDEQMID
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
-
Baseband
Equipment Type
BASEBANDEQM. B
ASEBANDEQMTYP
E
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter to
ULDL.
UMTS UL
Demodulation Mode
BASEBANDEQM.U
MTSDEMMODE
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter to
NULL.
Cabinet No. of
Process Unit n
CNn Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
n indicates the
cabinet number of
the BBP, ranging
from 0 to 7.
Subrack No. of
Process Unit n
SRNn Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
n indicates the
subrack number of
the BBP, ranging
from 0 to 1.
Slot No. of Process
Unit n
SNn Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
n indicates the slot
number of the BBP,
ranging from 0 to 5.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an eUCellSectorEqm MO to
configure a set of sector equipment for a cell.
It is recommended that intra-frequency cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same
pole or tower be configured on the same BBP.
Table 7-3 Parameters related to sector equipment for a cell
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
Local cell ID eUCellSectorEqm.
LocalCellId
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
-
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP Phase II
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
80
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 87/169
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 88/169
Parameter Name
ParameterID
DataSource
Setting Notes
UplinkCo
mpSwitch
CellAlgoS
witch.Upli
nkCompSw
itch
Network
plan
(negotiation
not
required)
This parameter specifies whether to enable
UL CoMP for a cell.
Default value:
l UlJointReceptionSwitch:Off
l UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch:Off
l UlJointReception3CellSwitch:Off
Recommended value:
l UlJointReceptionSwitch:On
l UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch:On
l UlJointReception3CellSwitch:On
Additional setting notes for macro-micro
scenarios:
Default value:
l UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch:Off
l UlHetnetCompManualCoCellSw:Off
l UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw:Off
Recommended value:
l UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch:On
l UlHetnetCompManualCoCellSw:On
l UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw:On (when
the difference in CRS transmit power
between macro and micro cells is
greater than or equal to 6 dB and the
micro cell is a common cell)
2. The following table describes the parameter that must be set in the CellAlgoSwitch MO
to configure an IRC switch.
Parameter Name
ParameterID
DataSource
Setting Notes
PUSCHIRC
algorithm
switch
CellAlgoSwitch. PuschIrc
AlgoSwitch
Network plan(negotiation
not required)
This parameter specifies a PUSCH IRCalgorithm.
The MrcIrcAdptSwitch option
specifies whether to enable adaptive
switching between MRC and IRC:
l Default value:
MrcIrcAdptSwitch:On
l Recommended value:
MrcIrcAdptSwitch:On
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP Phase II
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
82
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 89/169
3. The following table describes the parameter that must be set in a CellUlCompAlgo MO
to configure a UL CoMP A3 offset.
ParameterName
ParameterID
DataSource
Setting Notes
UlCompA3
Offset
CellUlCom
pAlgo.UlCo
mpA3Offset
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
This parameter specifies a UL CoMP
A3 offset. The value range is from -30
to +30, with a unit of 0.5 dB.
Default value: -20.
Recommended value: -20
4. The following table describes the parameter that must be set in a CellAlgoSwitch MO to
configure a combination of cell RX modes.
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Data
Source
Setting Notes
UL JR
Antenna
Number
Combined
Switch
CellAlgoSw
itch.UlJRA
ntNumCom
bSw
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
This parameter specifies a combination
of receive modes for UL CoMP.
Default value:
l Ul1R1RJRSwitch:Off
l Ul1R2RJRSwitch:Off
Recommended value:
l Ul1R1RJRSwitch:Off
l Ul1R2RJRSwitch:Off
NOTE
2R UL CoMP and 4R UL CoMP are supported by default after the UL CoMP switch is turned on.
7.4.3 Precautions
During scenario-specific data preparation in 7.4.2 Data Preparation, the cells that are served
by RRUs installed on the same pole or tower must be set up on the same BBP. The
geographically adjacent cells that are served by RRUs installed on different poles or towers
must be configured in the same connection set. For details, see 7.3 Planning.
7.4.4 Hardware Adjustment
It is recommended that UL CoMP be used only when the distance between the RRUs of the
serving cell and coordinated cells is not greater than 1000 m.
7.4.5 Activation
7.4.5.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly DeployedeNodeBs
Enter the values of the parameters listed in the following table in a summary data file, whichalso contains other data for the new eNodeBs to be deployed. Then, import the summary data
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP Phase II
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
83
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 90/169
file into the CME for batch configuration. For detailed instructions, see "Creating eNodeBs in
Batches" in the initial configuration guide for the eNodeB, which is available in the eNodeB
product documentation.
The summary data file may be a scenario-specific file provided by the CME or a customized
file, depending on the following conditions:
l The MOs in the following table are contained in a scenario-specific summary data file.
In this situation, set the parameters in the MOs, and then verify and save the file.
l Some MOs in the following table are not contained in a scenario-specific summary data
file. In this situation, customize a summary data file to include the MOs before you can
set the parameters.
Table 7-4 Parameters related to activation of this feature
MO Sheet in theSummary Data File
Parameter Group Remarks
CellUlCompAl
go
eNodeB Radio Data LocalCellId,
UlCompA3Offset
User-defined
sheet
CellAlgoSwitc
h
eNodeB Radio Data LocalCellId,
UplinkCompSwitch,
PuschIrcAlgoSwitch,
UlJRAntNumCombSw
User-defined
sheet
7.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs
Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to activate a feature on
existing eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for
multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 Customize a summary data file with the MOs and parameters listed in section "Using the
CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs." For online help, press
F1 when a CME window is active, and select Managing the CME > CME Guidelines >
LTE Application Management > eNodeB Related Operations > Customizing a Summary
Data File for Batch eNodeB Configuration.
Step 2 Choose CME > LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Export Data >
Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to export the eNodeB
data stored on the CME into the customized summary data file.
Step 3 In the summary data file, set the parameters in the MOs according to the setting notes
provided in section "Data Preparation" and close the file.
Step 4 Choose CME > LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Import Data >
Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to import the summary
data file into the CME, and then start the data verification.
Step 5 After data verification is complete, choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental
Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > ExportIncremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. For
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP Phase II
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
84
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 91/169
detailed operations, see Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Script File Management
> Exporting Incremental Scripts from a Planned Data Area in the CME online help.
----End
7.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation" section for a single eNodeB.
The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 In the planned data area, click Base Station in the upper left corner of the configuration
window.
Step 2 In area 1 shown in Figure 7-1, select the eNodeB to which the MOs belong.
Figure 7-1 MO search and configuration window
Step 3 On the Search tab page in area 2, enter an MO name, for example, CELL.
Step 4 In area 3, double-click the MO in the Object Name column. All parameters in this MO are
displayed in area 4.
Step 5 Set the parameters in area 4 or 5.
Step 6 Choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or
choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client
mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts.
----End
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP Phase II
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
85
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 92/169
7.4.5.4 Using MML Commands
MML Commands
Step 1 Run the MOD CELLULCOMPALGO command to set a UL CoMP A3 offset.MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;
NOTE
The default value is recommended.
Step 2 To activate 2-cell UL CoMP for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II, run the
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the UlJointReceptionSwitch and
UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch for each cell involved.
l Macro-macro or micro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1;
l Macro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP
To activate macro-micro UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to set
the UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch, UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw , and
UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw for all macro and micro cells involved.
When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB
or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlHetnet
JointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0;
When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than or
equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlHetnet
JointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;
To enable manual configuration of to-be measured neighboring cells in macro-micro scenarios
when the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw switch is on, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
command to turn on the corresponding switch and run the MOD
EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL command to set the relationships between intra-frequency
macro and micro cells.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;
MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,
CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;
Step 3 To activate 3-cell UL CoMP for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II, run the
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the UlJointReceptionSwitch,
UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch, and UlJointReception3CellSwitch for each cell involved.
l Macro-macro or micro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR
eception3CellSwitch-1;
l Macro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP
To activate macro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command
to set the UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch, UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw , andUlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw for all macro and micro cells involved.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP Phase II
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
86
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 93/169
When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB
or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR
eception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-
0;
When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than or
equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR
eception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualCoCellSw-1&
UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;
To enable manual configuration of to-be measured neighboring cells in macro-micro scenarios
when the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw switch is on, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
command to turn on the corresponding switch and run the MOD
EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL command to set the relationships between intra-frequency
macro and micro cells.
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;
MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,
CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;
Step 4 To activate 1R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the
Ul1R1RJRSwitch for each cell involved.
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;
Step 5 To activate 1R+2R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the
Ul1R2RJRSwitch for each cell involved.
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;
Step 6 If the license for LOFD-001012 UL Interference Rejection Combining has been purchased
and activated, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the
MrcIrcAdptSwitch for each cell involved.
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;
----End
MML Command Examples
NOTE
The commands for activating UL CoMP need to be executed for each cell involved. The following usesthe configuration of one cell as an example.
1. Macro-macro or micro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP
MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;
//Activating 1R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;
//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP Phase II
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
87
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 94/169
2. Macro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP
MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;
//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB
or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlHetnet
JointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0;
//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than
or equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlHetnet
JointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;
//Enabling manual configuration of to-be-measured neighboring cells in macro-micro
scenarios when the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw switch is onMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;
MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,
CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;
//Activating 1R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;
//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;
3. Macro-macro or micro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP
MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR
eception3CellSwitch-1;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;
//Activating 1R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;
//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;
4. Macro-micro 3-cell UL CoMPMOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;
//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB
or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR
eception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-
0;
//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater thanor equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP Phase II
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
88
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 95/169
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR
eception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-
0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;
//Enabling manual configuration of to-be-measured neighboring cells in macro-micro
scenarios when the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw switch is on
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;
MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,
CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;
//Activating 1R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;
//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;
7.4.6 Activation Observation
7.4.6.1 Using MML Commands
Run the DSP CELLULCOMPCLUSTER command to query the coordinated cell list of one
cell or the coordinated cell lists of all cells of the eNodeB. The command output contains the
eNodeB IDs and local cell IDs of coordinated cells. If a coordinated cell list contains cells
with the same eNodeB ID and established on different BBPs, the feature has been activated.
7.4.6.2 Using Signaling
If all A3-based features except UL CoMP are disabled, you can use signaling for activation
observation:
Step 1 Enable a UE to access a cell. Search Figure 7-2 for the RRC_CONN_RECFG message.
Double-click the message to see the UL CoMP A3 measurement configuration delivered by
the eNodeB, as shown in Figure 7-3. If the A3 offset in the message is consistent with the
UlCompA3Offset parameter value, LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP has been
activated.
Figure 7-2 Uu tracing results
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP Phase II
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
89
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 96/169
Figure 7-3 UL CoMP A3 offset
Step 2 Move the UE to the cell edge between intra-BBU inter-BBP cells. Alternatively, simulate the
signal quality by adjusting an attenuator. The UE sends an event A3 measurement report to
the eNodeB. LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II has been activated if the
following conditions are met: (1) The eNodeB determines that the UE is at the cell edge based
on the A3 report and selects this UE as a CoMP UE. (2) The eNodeB selects an inter-BBP cell
with the strongest signal from the report as a coordinated cell.
Figure 7-4 UL CoMP A3 measurement report
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP Phase II
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
90
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 97/169
Figure 7-5 UL CoMP A3 measurements
Step 3 Use the UE to perform uplink FTP services, and check the uplink throughput. If the uplink
throughput is higher than that before feature activation, the feature takes effect as expected.
----End
7.4.6.3 Using CountersIf there are UEs that meet the feature activation requirements, you can use the
L.ChMeas.ULCoMPPhase2.PRB.Avg (ID: 1526733196) counter to check whether the
feature has been activated. If the counter value is not 0, the feature has been activated.
7.4.7 Reconfiguration
N/A
7.4.8 Deactivation
7.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration
Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to deactivate a feature on
eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple
eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure for feature deactivation is similar to that for
feature activation described in 7.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for
Existing eNodeBs. In the procedure, modify parameters according to the following table.
Table 7-5 Parameter related to deactivation of this feature
MO Sheet in theSummary Data File
Parameter Group Remarks
CELLALGOS
WITCH
eNodeB Radio Data LocalCellId,
UplinkCompSwitch,
UlJRAntNumCombSw
User-defined
sheet
7.4.8.2 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set parameters according to 7.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch
Configuration. For detailed instructions, see 7.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform SingleConfiguration for feature activation.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP Phase II
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
91
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 98/169
7.4.8.3 Using MML Commands
MML Commands
l To deactivate 3-cell UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn
off the UlJointReception3CellSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReception3CellSwitch-0;
l To deactivate the selection of coordinated cells based on UL RSRP for macro-micro UL
CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn off the
UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw switch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-0;
l To deactivate macro-micro UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command
to turn off the UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-0;
l To deactivate LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II, run the MOD
CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn off UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch for each
cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-0;
l To deactivate 1R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn off
the Ul1R1RJRSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-0;
l To deactivate 1R+2R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to
turn off the Ul1R2RJRSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-0;
NOTICE
After a feature is deactivated, no dependent features can take effect.
MML Command Examples
NOTE
To deactivate one type of UL CoMP, the corresponding command needs to be executed for each cell
involved. The following uses the configuration of one cell as an example.
l Deactivating 3-cell UL CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReception3CellSwitch-0;
l Deactivating the selection of coordinated cells based on UL RSRP for macro-micro UL
CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-0;
l Deactivating macro-micro UL CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-0;
l Deactivating LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase IIMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-0;
lDeactivating 1R UL CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-0;
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP Phase II
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
92
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 99/169
l Deactivating 1R+2R UL CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-0;
7.5 Performance Monitoring
The monitoring method is the same as that for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP.
7.6 Parameter Optimization
Generating PCI Conflict Alarms
PCI conflicts between intra-frequency neighboring cells have a negative impact on the
performance of UL CoMP. You are advised to turn on the PCI conflict alarm switch so that
PCI collision or confusion can be reported. The command for turning on the switch is as
follows:MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: PciConflictAlmSwitch=ON;
Setting SRS Parameters for Macro-Micro UL CoMP
If selection of coordinated cells based on UL RSRP is enabled for macro-micro UL CoMP,
the SRS configuration procedure does not work. Without SRS configuration, a cell cannot
perform such a selection. Therefore, manually setting SRS parameters is required in this case.
To set SRS parameters, perform the following steps:
Step 1 Run the MOD SRSCFG command to set SrsCfgInd to BOOLEAN_TRUE,
FddSrsCfgMode to DEFAULTMODE, and SrsSubframeCfg based on the result of (PCImod 3) +3. The following assumes that the PCI is 0.
MOD SRSCFG: LocalCellId=0, SrsSubframeCfg=SC3,SrsCfgInd=BOOLEAN_TRUE,
FddSrsCfgMode=DEFAULTMODE;
Step 2 Run the MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG command to set SRS reporting period adaptation
parameters. Set SrsPeriodAdaptive to OFF and UserSrsPeriodCfg to ms40.
MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG: LocalCellId=0, SrsPeriodAdaptive=OFF, UserSrsPeriod=ms40;
----End
Adjusting SRS Parameters for UL CoMP in SFN Scenarios
SRS parameters are configured for SFN cells during cell setup. After SFN and UL CoMP are
both enabled, the SRS configuration procedure does not work.
If a neighboring cell of an SFN cell does not have SRS parameters configured, this
neighboring cell cannot select the SFN cell for UL CoMP. If the neighboring cell has SRS
parameters configured but it has the same start SRS subframe as the SFN cell or does not
have uplink-downlink subframe configuration SC3, SC4, or SC5, the neighboring cell also
cannot select the SFN cell for UL CoMP.
Run the following command to check the SRS parameters of each cell:LST SRSCFG: LocalCellId=0;
If a neighboring cell of an SFN cell does not have SRS parameters configured, the SFN cellcannot select it for UL CoMP.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP Phase II
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
93
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 100/169
If a neighboring cell of an SFN cell has SRS parameters configured and the
FDDRESMODE.SfnCapabilityMode parameter is set to NORMAL, you can adjust the
SRS parameters as follows:
1. Run the MOD SRSCFG command to set SrsCfgInd to BOOLEAN_TRUE,
FddSrsCfgMode to DEFAULTMODE, and SrsSubframeCfg based on the result of (PCI mod 3) +3. The following assumes that the PCI is 0.MOD SRSCFG: LocalCellId=0, SrsSubframeCfg=SC3,SrsCfgInd=BOOLEAN_TRUE,
FddSrsCfgMode=DEFAULTMODE;
2. Run the MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG command to set SRS reporting period
adaptation parameters. Set SrsPeriodAdaptive to OFF and UserSrsPeriodCfg to ms40.MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG:
LocalCellId=0,SrsPeriodAdaptive=OFF,UserSrsPeriod=ms40;
NOTICE
l Changing the SRS configuration of an in-service cell would result in the automatic reset of
the cell.
l For the impact of SRS configuration on performance, see P hysical Channel Resource
Management Feature Parameter Description.
7.7 Troubleshooting
Fault Description
After UL CoMP is enabled, the uplink throughput of CEUs in a cell does not increase under
the same conditions as before UL CoMP is enabled.
After UL CoMP is enabled across the entire network, the values of counters
L.ULCoMP.User.Avg (ID: 1526728338), L.ULCoMP.User.Max (ID: 1526728339), and
L.ULCoMP.RB (ID: 1526728340) of some or all cells remain 0.
Fault Handling
Step 1 Check related alarms, for example, an alarm that indicates the capacity of a cell decreases. If
there is such an alarm, handle the alarm according to the instructions in eNodeB Alarm
Reference. If there is not such alarm, go to Step 2.
Step 2 Run the LST CELLALGOSWITCH command to check the UL CoMP switch settings. If
the UlJointReceptionSwitch or UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch is turned off, turn it one
and end the troubleshooting. If both are turned on, go to Step 3.
Step 3 Run the DSP LICINFO command to check the Actual Used values of Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP(FDD) and Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II(FDD).
l If the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP(FDD) is 0, go to Step 4 and Step
5.
l If the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP(FDD) or Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP Phase II(FDD) is not 0, go to Step 6 and Step 7.
Step 4 Modify eNodeB configurations if they do not meet the UL CoMP deployment requirements.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP Phase II
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
94
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 101/169
Step 5 Check whether the cells are configured with mutually exclusive features described in 4.3
Features Related to LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II. If yes, end the
troubleshooting. Otherwise, go to Step 8.
Step 6 Run the DSP CELLULCOMPCLUSTER command to check the coordinated cell list. If
there are coordinated cells, go to Step 7. Otherwise, go to Step 8.
Step 7 Check whether the cells selected for UL CoMP meet the requirements for the operating
environment. If the cells do not, end the troubleshooting. If the cells do, go to Step 8.
Step 8 Contact Huawei technical support.
----End
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB
UL CoMP Phase II
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
95
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 102/169
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223
UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU
8.1 When to Use LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based onCoordinated BBU
When the inter-RRU distance is not greater than 1000 m in urban areas, UL CoMP based on
coordinated BBU is recommended because this feature effectively increases the average
uplink throughput for inter-BBU cells and CEUs.
l In suburban, rural, and other areas where the inter-RRU distance is large, this feature is
not recommended.l You are advised to optimize parameter settings by referring to the "Parameter
Optimization" section to reduce the impact of signaling processing for event A3
measurement reporting in one of the following situations:
– The uplink or downlink PRB usage is greater than 90%.
– The control channel element (CCE) usage is greater than 80%.
– The central processing unit (CPU) usage is greater than 80%.
l If there is intermodulation interference, solve this problem before using this feature.
l If the difference in cell-specific reference signal (CRS) transmit power between macro
and micro cells is greater than or equal to 6 dB, it is recommended that macro-micro UL
CoMP based on SRS measurement be used.
l When both SFN and UL CoMP are enabled, the start SRS subframe of the SFN cell must
be different from those of its neighboring cells (common or SFN cells). The eNodeB can
select a neighboring SFN cell to serve as a coordinated cell for a UE only when the UE is
allocated SRS resource in the start SRS subframe.
8.2 Required Information
See "Requirements."
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
96
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 103/169
NOTE
This feature shares system resources with SFN, CA, and CSPC. Before deploying this feature, contact
Huawei engineers for resource audit.
8.3 Planning
RF Planning
N/A
Network Planning
UL CoMP can be performed in cells in the same connection set only when UL CoMP based
on coordinated BBU is enabled.
If a BBU3900 is used, an intra-BBU connection set must contain at least one LBBPd or
UBBPd installed in slot 2 or 3. If a BBU3910 is used, there is no restriction on an intra-BBU
connection set.
If a USU3900 is used, an inter-BBU connection set can contain only cells established on the
BBPs with the same slot number. For example, cells established on the BBP in slot 0 of BBU
0 and those established on the BBP in slot 0 of BBU 1 can compose an inter-BBU connection
set. If a USU3910 is used, an inter-BBU connection set can contain cells established on the
BBPs with different slot numbers.
It is recommended that intra-frequency cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same
pole or tower be configured on the same BBP and configured with baseband equipment.
Geographically adjacent intra-frequency cells should be established on the same BBP or theBBPs whose cells compose a connection set and be bound to baseband equipment.
This feature is based on multi-BBU interconnection. For details, see USU3900-based Multi-
BBU Interconnection Feature Parameter Description and USU3910-based Multi-BBU
Interconnection Feature Parameter Description.
NOTE
When the BBP is restarted or reset, the cells are reestablished. The deployment information for these
cells may change and the coordinated cell lists may also change. These changes will affect the
performance of UL CoMP.
Hardware Planning
For details about the requirements for BBP models, see the "Requirements" section.
8.4 Deployment
8.4.1 Requirements
Operating Environment
LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU requires the following features:
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
97
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 104/169
l LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP
l LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II.
LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU takes effect only when this feature and
all its prerequisite features are enabled.
The following table describes the requirements for the operating environment.
Table 8-1 Requirements for the operating environment
Informationto BeCollected
Requirements
Networking Multi-BBU interconnection
eNodeB type Macro eNodeBs
RRU model Macro-micro and micro-micro UL CoMP allows micro cells to be LPNs,
for example, RRU3220E.
BBP model LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd3, UBBPd4, UBBPd5, or UBBPd6
Number of cells UL CoMP requires at least two intra-frequency cells in a connection set.
If UL CoMP is enabled in only one cell, it will not take effect.
Cell
configuration
l UL CoMP can be performed in inter-BBU inter-BBP cells. The
serving cell and coordinated cells must be configured in the same
connection set. For details, see 8.3 Planning.
l Inter-BBU cells that are geographically adjacent must be configured
as intra-frequency neighboring cells with different PCIs.
l The cells involved in UL CoMP must have the same frequency,
bandwidth, and CP type. These cells can be all in 1R, 2R, or 4R
mode; or some in 1R mode and the others in 2R mode.
l An LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd4, or UBBPd5 can be used to support
three 2R or 4R cells each with a bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4
MHz.
l An LBBPd3 can be used to support six 2R or 4R cells each with a
bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.
l A UBBPd3 can be used to support three 2R cells each with a
bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.
l A UBBPd5 or UBBPd6 can be used to support six 2R or 4R cells
each with a bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.
l The cells can be set up on different models of LBBP, UBBP, or both.
l An LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd3, UBBPd4, UBBPd5, or UBBPd6
can be used to support 1R or 1R+2R UL CoMP.
l To support inter-BBU UL CoMP, the Cell.eNodeBId parameter
values of inter-BBU cells cannot be the same.
NOTE
4R UL CoMP can be performed in only two cells. It requires that the UE be a
type-1 UE, the modulation scheme be QPSK or 16QAM, and the networking
mode be any Cloud BB mode other than distributed Cloud BB.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
98
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 105/169
Informationto BeCollected
Requirements
Inter-RRU
distance
It is recommended that UL CoMP be used only when the distance
between the RRUs of the serving cell and coordinated cells is not greater
than 1000 m.
NOTE
The CellAlgoSwitch.UlJRAntNumCombSw parameter settings of the serving cell and coordinated cells
must be matched. For example, to enable 1R+2R UL CoMP, turn on the Ul1R2RJRSwitch for both 1R
and 2R cells. Note that 2R UL CoMP and 4R UL CoMP are supported by default, without additional
parameter settings.
Transmission Networking
Time synchronization with a deviation less than 1.5 μs must be achieved between BBUs. (You
can use a a GPS clock to implement time synchronization. For details, see Synchronization
Feature Parameter Description.) When clock quality does not meet the requirement,
LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU is automatically disabled. When clock
quality meets the requirement, this feature is automatically enabled.
LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU requires that inter-BBU routes be
planned. If BBUs are to be connected through USU3910, eX2 interfaces must be configured
between BBUs. For details, see eX2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description.
LicenseThe operator has purchased and activated the license for the feature listed in the following
table.
FeatureID
Feature Name Model LicenseControl Item
NE Sales Unit
LOFD-07
0223
UL CoMP based
on Coordinated
BBU
LT1SULC
BCB00
UL CoMP based
on Coordinated
BBU(FDD)
eNode
B
per eNodeB
The number of eNodeBs that can use LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU
is subject to the licensed number. If the number of eNodeBs is greater than the licensed
number, only the licensed number of eNodeBs can use this feature.
To deploy LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU, the licenses for
LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP and LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II
must be purchased and activated.
Other Features
For details, see 4.4 Features Related to LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on CoordinatedBBU.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
99
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 106/169
8.4.2 Data Preparation
This section describes the data that you need to collect for setting parameters. Required data is
data that you must collect for all scenarios. Collect scenario-specific data when necessary for
a specific feature deployment scenario.
There are three types of data sources:
l Network plan (negotiation not required): parameter values planned and set by the
operator
l Network plan (negotiation required): parameter values planned by the operator and
negotiated with the EPC or peer transmission equipment
l User-defined: parameter values set by users
Required Data
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in a BaseBandEqm MO toconfigure baseband equipment information.
It is recommended that intra-frequency cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same
pole or tower be configured on the same BBP, and intra-frequency cells that are
geographically adjacent but served by RRUs installed on different poles or towers be
configured in the same connection set. For details, see 8.3 Planning.
Table 8-2 Parameters related to baseband equipment
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
BasebandEquipment ID
BASEBANDEQM. B ASEBANDEQMID
Network plan(negotiation not
required)
None
Baseband
Equipment Type
BASEBANDEQM. B
ASEBANDEQMTYP
E
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter to
ULDL.
UMTS UL
Demodulation Mode
BASEBANDEQM.U
MTSDEMMODE
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter to
NULL.
Cabinet No. of
Process Unit n
CNn Network plan
(negotiation notrequired)
n indicates the
cabinet number of the BBP, ranging
from 0 to 7.
Subrack No. of
Process Unit n
SRNn Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
n indicates the
subrack number of
the BBP, ranging
from 0 to 1.
Slot No. of Process
Unit n
SNn Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
n indicates the slot
number of the BBP,
ranging from 0 to 5.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
100
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 107/169
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an eUCellSectorEqm MO to
configure a set of sector equipment for a cell.
It is recommended that intra-frequency cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same
pole or tower be configured on the same BBP.
Table 8-3 Parameters related to sector equipment for a cell
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
Local cell ID eUCellSectorEqm.
LocalCellId
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
None
Sector equipment ID eUCellSectorEqm.
SectorEqmId
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
None
Reference signal
power
eUCellSectorEqm.
ReferenceSignalPw
r
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
None
Baseband equipment
ID
eUCellSectorEqm.
BaseBandEqmId
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
None
Scenario-specific Data
In addition to required data, scenario-specific data also needs to be configured.
1. The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the CellAlgoSwitch and
ENodeBAlgoSwitch MOs to configure UL CoMP based on coordinated BBU.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
101
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 108/169
Parameter Name
ParameterID
DataSource
Setting Notes
UplinkCo
mpSwitch
CellAlgoSwi
tch.UplinkC
ompSwitch
Network
plan
(negotiation
not required)
This parameter specifies whether to
enable UL CoMP for a cell.
Default value:
l UlJointReceptionSwitch:Off
l UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch:Off
l UlJointReception3CellSwitch:Off
Recommended value:
l UlJointReceptionSwitch:On
l UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch:On
l UlJointReception3CellSwitch:On
Additional setting notes for macro-micro
scenarios:
Default value:
l UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch:Off
l UlHetnetCompManualCoCellSw:Off
l UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw:Off
Recommended value:
l UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch:On
l UlHetnetCompManualCoCellSw:Off
l UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw:On
(when the difference in CRS transmit
power between macro and micro
cells is greater than or equal to 6 dB
and the micro cell is a common cell)
OverBBU
sSwitch
ENODEBA
LGOSWIT
CH.OverBB
UsSwitch
Network
plan
(negotiation
not required)
This parameter specifies whether to
enable UL CoMP based on coordinated
BBU.
Inter-BBU UL CoMP is enabled when
UlJointReceptionSwitch,
UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch, and
UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch are
all turned on.
Default value: UlJointReceptionO-
verBBUsSwitch:Off
Recommended value: UlJointReceptio-
nOverBBUsSwitch:On
2. The following table describes the parameter that must be set in the CellAlgoSwitch MO
to configure an IRC switch.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
102
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 109/169
Parameter Name
ParameterID
DataSource
Setting Notes
PUSCH
IRC
algorithm
switch
CellAlgoSwi
tch. PuschIrc
AlgoSwitch
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
This parameter specifies a PUSCH IRC
algorithm.
The MrcIrcAdptSwitch option
specifies whether to enable adaptive
switching between MRC and IRC:
l Default value:
MrcIrcAdptSwitch:On
l Recommended value:
MrcIrcAdptSwitch:On
3. The following table describes the parameter that must be set in a CellUlCompAlgo MO
to configure a UL CoMP A3 offset.ParameterName
ParameterID
DataSource
Setting Notes
UlCompA3
Offset
CellUlCom
pAlgo.UlCo
mpA3Offset
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
This parameter specifies a UL CoMP
A3 offset. The value range is from -30
to +30, with a unit of 0.5 dB.
Default value: -20.
Recommended value: -20
4. The following table describes the parameter that must be set in a CellAlgoSwitch MO toconfigure a combination of cell RX modes.
ParameterName
ParameterID
DataSource
Setting Notes
UL JR
Antenna
Number
Combined
Switch
CellAlgoSw
itch.UlJRA
ntNumCom
bSw
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
This parameter specifies a combination
of receive modes for UL CoMP.
Default value:
l Ul1R1RJRSwitch:Off
l Ul1R2RJRSwitch:Off
Recommended value:
l Ul1R1RJRSwitch:Off
l Ul1R2RJRSwitch:Off
NOTE
2R UL CoMP and 4R UL CoMP are supported by default after the UL CoMP switch is turned on.
8.4.3 Precautions
It is recommended that intra-frequency cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same pole or tower be configured on the same BBP, and intra-frequency cells that are
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
103
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 110/169
geographically adjacent but served by RRUs installed on different poles or towers be
configured in the same connection set. For details, see 8.3 Planning.
8.4.4 Hardware Adjustment
It is recommended that UL CoMP be used only when the distance between the RRUs of the
serving cell and coordinated cells is not greater than 1000 m.
For details about USU installation, see USU3900 Installation Guide and USU3910
Installation Guide.
8.4.5 Activation
8.4.5.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly DeployedeNodeBs
Enter the values of the parameters listed in the following table in a summary data file, which
also contains other data for the new eNodeBs to be deployed. Then, import the summary data
file into the CME for batch configuration. For detailed instructions, see "Creating eNodeBs in
Batches" in the initial configuration guide for the eNodeB, which is available in the eNodeB
product documentation.
The summary data file may be a scenario-specific file provided by the CME or a customized
file, depending on the following conditions:
l The MOs in the following table are contained in a scenario-specific summary data file.
In this situation, set the parameters in the MOs, and then verify and save the file.
l Some MOs in the following table are not contained in a scenario-specific summary data
file. In this situation, customize a summary data file to include the MOs before you can
set the parameters.
Table 8-4 Parameters related to activation of this feature
MO Sheet in theSummary Data File
Parameter Group Remarks
CellUlCompAl
go
eNodeB Radio Data LocalCellId,
UlCompA3Offset
For parameter
setting notes,
see 8.4.2 Data
Preparation.CellAlgoSwitc
h
eNodeB Radio Data LocalCellId,
UplinkCompSwitch,PuschIrcAlgoSwitch,
UlJRAntNumCombSw
ENodeBAlgoS
witch
eNodeB Radio Data OverBBUsSwitch
8.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs
Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to activate a feature on
existing eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure is as follows:
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
104
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 111/169
Step 1 Customize a summary data file with the MOs and parameters listed in section "Using the
CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs." For online help, press
F1 when a CME window is active, and select Managing the CME > CME Guidelines >
LTE Application Management > eNodeB Related Operations > Customizing a Summary
Data File for Batch eNodeB Configuration.
Step 2 Choose CME > LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Export Data >
Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to export the eNodeB
data stored on the CME into the customized summary data file.
Step 3 In the summary data file, set the parameters in the MOs according to the setting notes
provided in section "Data Preparation" and close the file.
Step 4 Choose CME > LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Import Data >
Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to import the summary
data file into the CME, and then start the data verification.
Step 5 After data verification is complete, choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental
Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export
Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. For
detailed operations, see Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Script File Management
> Exporting Incremental Scripts from a Planned Data Area in the CME online help.
----End
8.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation" section for a single eNodeB.
The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 In the planned data area, click Base Station in the upper left corner of the configuration
window.
Step 2 In area 1 shown in Figure 8-1, select the eNodeB to which the MOs belong.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
105
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 112/169
Figure 8-1 MO search and configuration window
Step 3 On the Search tab page in area 2, enter an MO name, for example, CELL.
Step 4 In area 3, double-click the MO in the Object Name column. All parameters in this MO are
displayed in area 4.
Step 5 Set the parameters in area 4 or 5.
Step 6 Choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or
choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client
mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts.
----End
8.4.5.4 Using MML Commands
MML CommandsStep 1 Run the MOD CELLULCOMPALGO command to set a UL CoMP A3 offset.
MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;
NOTE
The default value is recommended.
Step 2 To activate inter-BBU 2-cell UL CoMP for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated
BBU, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the
UIJointReceptionSwitch and UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch, and then run the MOD
ENODEBALGOSWITCH command to turn on the UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch for
each cell involved.
l Macro-macro or micro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
106
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 113/169
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1;
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;
l Macro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP
To activate macro-micro UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to setthe UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch, UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw , and
UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw for all macro and micro cells involved.
When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB
or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlHetnet
JointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0;
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;
When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than or
equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlHetnet
JointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;
To enable manual configuration of to-be measured neighboring cells in macro-micro scenarios
when the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw switch is on, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
command to turn on the corresponding switch and run the MOD
EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL command to set the relationships between intra-frequency
macro and micro cells.
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;
MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,
CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;
Step 3 To activate inter-BBU 3-cell UL CoMP for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated
BBU, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the
UlJointReceptionSwitch, UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch, and
UlJointReception3CellSwitch. Then, run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command
to turn on the UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch for each cell involved.
l Macro-macro or micro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR
eception3CellSwitch-1;
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;
l Macro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP
To activate macro-micro UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to set
the UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch, UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw , and
UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw for all macro and micro cells involved.
When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB
or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR
eception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-
0;
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;
When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than or equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
107
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 114/169
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR
eception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-
0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;
To enable manual configuration of to-be measured neighboring cells in macro-micro scenarioswhen the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw switch is on, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH
command to turn on the corresponding switch and run the MOD
EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL command to set the relationships between intra-frequency
macro and micro cells.
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;
MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,
CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;
Step 4 To activate 1R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the
Ul1R1RJRSwitch for each cell involved.
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;
Step 5 To activate 1R+2R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the
Ul1R2RJRSwitch for each cell involved.
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;
Step 6 If the license for LOFD-001012 UL Interference Rejection Combining has been purchased
and activated, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the
MrcIrcAdptSwitch for each cell involved.
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;
----End
MML Command ExamplesNOTE
The commands for activating UL CoMP need to be executed for each cell involved. The following uses
the configuration of one cell as an example.
1. Macro-macro or micro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP
MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1;
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;
//Activating 1R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;
//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;
2. Macro-micro 2-cell UL CoMP
MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;
//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dB
or the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlHetnet
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
108
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 115/169
JointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0;
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;
//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than
or equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlHetnet
JointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;
//Enabling manual configuration of to-be-measured neighboring cells in macro-micro
scenarios when the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw switch is on
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;
MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,
CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;
//Activating 1R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;
//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;
3. Macro-macro or micro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP
MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR
eception3CellSwitch-1;
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;
//Activating 1R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;
//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;
4. Macro-micro 3-cell UL CoMP
MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3Offset=-20;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;
//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is less than 6 dBor the micro cell is an SFN cell, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR
eception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-
0;
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;
//When the difference in CRS transmit power between macro and micro cells is greater than
or equal to 6 dB and the micro cell is a common cell, run the following command:
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR
eception3CellSwitch-1&UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-
0&UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-1;MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-1;
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
109
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 116/169
//Enabling manual configuration of to-be-measured neighboring cells in macro-micro
scenarios when the UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw switch is on
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw-1;
MOD EUTRANINTRAFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="510", Mnc="990", eNodeBId=20043,
CellId=2, AttachCellSwitch=ON;
//Activating 1R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-1;
//Activating 1R+2R UL CoMP
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-1;
8.4.6 Activation Observation
8.4.6.1 Using MML Commands
Run the DSP CELLULCOMPCLUSTER command to query the coordinated cell list of one
cell or the coordinated cell lists of all cells of the eNodeB. The command output contains the
eNodeB IDs and local cell IDs of coordinated cells. If a coordinated cell list contains cells
with different eNodeB IDs, the feature has been activated.
8.4.6.2 Using Signaling
If all A3-based features except UL CoMP are disabled, you can use signaling for activation
observation:
Step 1 Enable a UE to access a cell. Search Figure 8-2 for the RRC_ CONN_RECFG message.
Double-click the message to see the UL CoMP A3 measurement configuration delivered by
the eNodeB, as shown in Figure 8-3. If the A3 offset in the message is consistent with the
CellUlCompAlgo.UlCompA3Offset parameter value, LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP has been activated.
Figure 8-2 Uu tracing results
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
110
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 117/169
Figure 8-3 UL CoMP A3 offset
Step 2 Move the UE to the edge between inter-BBU cells, or adjust the attenuator to simulate the cell
edge signal quality. Check the A3 measurement report sent by the UE to the eNodeB.
LOFD-070223 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II has been activated if the following
conditions are met: (1) The eNodeB determines that the UE is at the cell edge based on the A3
measurement report and selects this UE as a CoMP UE. (2) The eNodeB selects an inter-BBU
cell with the strongest signal as a coordinated cell.
Figure 8-4 UL CoMP A3 measurement report
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
111
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 118/169
Figure 8-5 UL CoMP A3 measurements
Step 3 Use the UE to perform uplink FTP services, and check the uplink throughput. If the uplink
throughput is higher than that before feature activation, the feature takes effect as expected.
----End
8.4.6.3 Using Counters
If there are UEs that meet the feature activation requirements, you can use the
L.ChMeas.ULOverBBUCoMP.PRB.Avg (ID: 1526733197) counter to check whether the
feature has been activated. If the counter value is not 0, the feature has been activated.
8.4.7 Reconfiguration
N/A
8.4.8 Deactivation
8.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration
Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to deactivate a feature on
eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple
eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure for feature deactivation is similar to that for
feature activation described in 8.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for
Existing eNodeBs. In the procedure, modify parameters according to the following table.
Table 8-5 Parameters related to deactivation of LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based onCoordinated BBU
MO Sheet in theSummary Data File
Parameter Group Remarks
CELLALGOS
WITCH
eNodeB Radio Data LocalCellId,
UplinkCompSwitch,
UlJRAntNumCombSw
User-defined
sheet
ENODEBALG
OSWITCH
eNodeB Radio Data OverBBUsSwitch User-defined
sheet
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
112
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 119/169
8.4.8.2 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set parameters according to 8.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch
Configuration. For detailed instructions, see 8.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single
Configuration for feature activation.
8.4.8.3 Using MML Commands
MML Commands
l To deactivate 3-cell UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn
off the UlJointReception3CellSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReception3CellSwitch-0;
l To deactivate the selection of coordinated cells based on UL RSRP for macro-micro UL
CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn off the
UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw switch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-0;
l To deactivate macro-micro UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command
to turn off the UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-0;
l To deactivate LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBU, run the MOD
ENODEBALGOSWITCH command to turn off the
UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch for each eNodeB involved.MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-0;
l To deactivate 1R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn off
the Ul1R1RJRSwitch for each cell involved.
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-0;
l To deactivate 1R+2R UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to
turn off the Ul1R2RJRSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-0;
MML Command Examples
NOTE
To deactivate one type of UL CoMP, the corresponding command needs to be executed for each cell
involved. The following uses the configuration of one cell as an example.
l Deactivating 3-cell UL CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReception3CellSwitch-0;
l Deactivating the selection of coordinated cells based on UL RSRP for macro-micro UL
CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw-0;
l Deactivating macro-micro UL CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch-0;
l Deactivating 1R UL CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R1RJRSwitch-0;
l Deactivating 1R+2R UL CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlJRAntNumCombSw=Ul1R2RJRSwitch-0;
lDeactivating LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on Coordinated BBUMOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch-0;
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
113
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 120/169
8.5 Performance Monitoring
The monitoring method is the same as that for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP.
8.6 Parameter Optimization
Generating PCI Conflict Alarms
PCI conflicts between intra-frequency neighboring cells have a negative impact on the
performance of UL CoMP. You are advised to turn on the PCI conflict alarm switch so that
PCI collision or confusion can be reported. The command for turning on the switch is as
follows:
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: PciConflictAlmSwitch=ON;
Setting SRS Parameters for Macro-Micro UL CoMP
If selection of coordinated cells based on UL RSRP is enabled for macro-micro UL CoMP,
the SRS configuration procedure does not work. Without SRS configuration, a cell cannot
perform such a selection. Therefore, manually setting SRS parameters is required in this case.
To set SRS parameters, perform the following steps:
Step 1 Run the MOD SRSCFG command to set SrsCfgInd to BOOLEAN_TRUE,
FddSrsCfgMode to DEFAULTMODE, and SrsSubframeCfg based on the result of (PCI
mod 3) +3. The following assumes that the PCI is 0.MOD SRSCFG: LocalCellId=0, SrsSubframeCfg=SC3,SrsCfgInd=BOOLEAN_TRUE,
FddSrsCfgMode=DEFAULTMODE;
Step 2 Run the MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG command to set SRS reporting period adaptation
parameters. Set SrsPeriodAdaptive to OFF and UserSrsPeriodCfg to ms40.
MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG: LocalCellId=0, SrsPeriodAdaptive=OFF, UserSrsPeriod=ms40;
----End
Adjusting SRS Parameters for UL CoMP in SFN Scenarios
SRS parameters are configured for SFN cells during cell setup. After SFN and UL CoMP are
both enabled, the SRS configuration procedure does not work.
If a neighboring cell of an SFN cell does not have SRS parameters configured, this
neighboring cell cannot select the SFN cell for UL CoMP. If the neighboring cell has SRS
parameters configured but it has the same start SRS subframe as the SFN cell or does not
have uplink-downlink subframe configuration SC3, SC4, or SC5, the neighboring cell also
cannot select the SFN cell for UL CoMP.
Run the following command to check the SRS parameters of each cell:LST SRSCFG: LocalCellId=0;
If a neighboring cell of an SFN cell does not have SRS parameters configured, the SFN cellcannot select it for UL CoMP.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
114
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 121/169
If a neighboring cell of an SFN cell has SRS parameters configured and the
FDDRESMODE.SfnCapabilityMode parameter is set to NORMAL, you can adjust the
SRS parameters as follows:
1. Run the MOD SRSCFG command to set SrsCfgInd to BOOLEAN_TRUE,
FddSrsCfgMode to DEFAULTMODE, and SrsSubframeCfg based on the result of (PCI mod 3) +3. The following assumes that the PCI is 0.MOD SRSCFG: LocalCellId=0, SrsSubframeCfg=SC3,SrsCfgInd=BOOLEAN_TRUE,
FddSrsCfgMode=DEFAULTMODE;
2. Run the MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG command to set SRS reporting period
adaptation parameters. Set SrsPeriodAdaptive to OFF and UserSrsPeriodCfg to ms40.MOD CELLSRSADAPTIVECFG:
LocalCellId=0,SrsPeriodAdaptive=OFF,UserSrsPeriod=ms40;
NOTICE
l Changing the SRS configuration of an in-service cell would result in the automatic reset of
the cell.
l For the impact of SRS configuration on performance, see Physical Channel Resource
Management Feature Parameter Description.
8.7 Troubleshooting
Fault Description
After UL CoMP based on coordinated BBU is enabled, the uplink throughput of CEUs in a
cell does not increase under the same conditions as before this feature is enabled.
After UL CoMP based on coordinated BBU is enabled in the whole network, the values of the
counters L.ULCoMP.User.Avg (ID: 1526728338), L.ULCoMP.User.Max (ID: 1526728339),
and L.ULCoMP.RB (ID: 1526728340) of some or all cells remain 0.
Fault Handling
Step 1 Check whether there are alarms such as those related to cell capability decrease or BBU
interconnection. If there is such an alarm, handle the alarm according to the instructions in
eNodeB Alarm Reference. If there is not such alarm, go to Step 2.
Step 2 Run the LST CELLALGOSWITCH and LST ENODEBALGOSWITCH commands to
check the UlJointReceptionSwitch, UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch, and
UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch settings. If any switch is turned off, turn it on and end
the troubleshooting. If all switches are turned on, go to Step 3.
Step 3 Run the DSP LICINFO command to check the Actual Used values of licenses Intra-
eNodeB UL CoMP(FDD), Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II(FDD), and UL CoMP based
on Coordinated BBU(FDD).
l If the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP(FDD) is 0, go to Step 4 and Step
5.
l If the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP(FDD) is not 0:
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
115
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 122/169
– If the Actual Used value of neither Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II(FDD) nor
UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU(FDD) is 0, go to Step 6 and Step 7.
– If the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II(FDD) or UL
CoMP based on Coordinated BBU(FDD) is 0, go to Step 8.
Step 4 Modify eNodeB configurations if they do not meet the UL CoMP deployment requirements.
Step 5 Check whether the cells are configured with mutually exclusive features described in 4.4
Features Related to LOFD-070223 UL CoMP based on Coordinated BBU. If yes, end the
troubleshooting. Otherwise, go to Step 8.
Step 6 Run the DSP CELLULCOMPCLUSTER command to check the coordinated cell list. If
there are coordinated cells, go to Step 7. Otherwise, go to Step 8.
Step 7 Check whether the cells selected for UL CoMP meet the requirements for the operating
environment. If the cells do not, end the troubleshooting. If the cells do, go to Step 8.
Step 8 Contact Huawei technical support.
----End
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
8 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-070223 UL CoMP
based on Coordinated BBU
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
116
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 123/169
9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219
UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul
9.1 When to Use LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based onRelaxed Backhaul
When the inter-RRU distance is less than 1000 m in urban areas, LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based on Relaxed Backhaul is recommended because it can increase the average uplink
throughput for cells and CEUs in the TTI bundling state.
In suburban, rural, and other areas where the inter-RRU distance is large, this feature is not
recommended.
You are advised to optimize parameter settings by referring to "Parameter Optimization" in
"Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP" to reduce the impact of
signaling overhead in event A3 measurement reporting in one of the following situations:
l The uplink or downlink PRB usage is greater than 90%.
l The CCE usage is greater than 80%.
l The CPU usage is greater than 80%.
If there is intermodulation interference, solve this problem before using this feature.
9.2 Required Information
For details, see 9.4.1 Requirements.
NOTE
This feature shares system resources with SFN, CA, and CSPC. Before deploying this feature, contact
Huawei engineers for resource audit.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based on Relaxed Backhaul
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
117
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 124/169
9.3 Planning
RF Planning
N/A
Network Planning
When LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul is enabled, UL CoMP can be
performed in cells in the same connection set.
If a BBU3900 is used, an intra-BBU connection set must contain at least one LBBPd or
UBBPd installed in slot 2 or 3. If a BBU3910 is used, there is no restriction on an intra-BBU
connection set.
For intra-frequency cells covered by antennas installed on the same pole or tower, it is
recommended that these cells be set up on the same BBP and bound to baseband equipment.
Geographically adjacent intra-frequency cells should be established on the same BBP or the
BBPs whose cells compose a connection set and be bound to baseband equipment.
NOTE
When the BBP is restarted or reset, the cells are reestablished. The deployment information for these
cells may change and the coordinated cell lists may also change. These changes will affect the
performance of UL CoMP.
Hardware Planning
For the requirements of LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul for BBP
models in different scenarios, see Table 2-7.
9.4 Deployment
9.4.1 Requirements
Operating Environment
LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul requires the following features:
l LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP
l LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II
l LOFD-001048 TTI Bundling
LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul takes effect only when this feature and
all its prerequisite features are enabled.
The following table describes the requirements for the operating environment.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based on Relaxed Backhaul
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
118
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 125/169
Table 9-1 Requirements for the operating environment
Informationto BeCollected
Requirements
Networking Relaxed backhaul
eNodeB type Macro eNodeBs
RRU model None
BBP model LBBPd2, LBBPd3, UBBPd3, UBBPd4, UBBPd5, or UBBPd6
Number of
cells
UL CoMP requires at least two intra-frequency cells in a connection set.
If UL CoMP is enabled in only one cell, it will not take effect.
Cell
configuration
l UL CoMP can be performed in inter-BBU inter-BBP cells. The
serving cell and coordinated cells must be in the same connection set
for UL CoMP.
l Inter-BBU cells that are geographically adjacent must be configured
as intra-frequency neighboring cells with different PCIs.
l The cells involved in UL CoMP must have the same frequency,
bandwidth, CP type, and receive mode (2R).
l If a UBBPd3 or UBBPd4 is used to support GSM+LTE or UMTS
+LTE, UL CoMP based on relaxed backhaul cannot be implemented.
l An LBBPd2, UBBPd3, or UBBPd4 can be used to support three 2R
cells each with a bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.
l An LBBPd3, UBBPd5, or UBBPd6 can be used to support six 2R
cells each with a bandwidth of 20, 15, 10, 5, 3, or 1.4 MHz.
l The cells can be set up on different models of LBBP, UBBP, or both.
l To support inter-BBU UL CoMP, the Cell.eNodeBId parameter
values of inter-BBU cells cannot be the same.
NOTE
This feature requires that the modulation scheme be QPSK or 16QAM.
Inter-RRU
distance
It is recommended that UL CoMP be used only when the distance
between the RRUs of the serving cell and coordinated cells is not greater
than 1000 m.
Transmission Networking
Time synchronization with a deviation less than 1.5 μs must be achieved between BBUs. (You
can use a GPS clock to implement time synchronization. For details, see Synchronization
Feature Parameter Description.) When clock quality does not meet the requirement,
LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul is automatically disabled. When clock
quality meets the requirement, this feature is automatically enabled.
This feature requires that inter-BBU routes be planned in advance to ensure connectivity of
the routes. In addition, it requires that eX2 interfaces be used between BBUs. For details, see
eX2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description.
One-way transmission delays between BBUs must be less than 4 ms. For details, see IP Performance Monitor Feature Parameter Description. You can use the VS.IPPM.Rtt.Means
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based on Relaxed Backhaul
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
119
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 126/169
counter (ID: 1542455420) to obtain the average RTT on IP performance monitoring and
further obtain the average one-way transmission delay between BBUs.
The eNodeB periodically measures one-way transmission delays between the serving cell and
neighboring cells connected through a relaxed backhaul network. If a delay is greater than or
equal to 4 ms, the eNodeB disables UL CoMP between the serving cell and the correspondingneighboring cell.
License
The operator has purchased and activated the license for the feature listed in the following
table.
Feature ID FeatureName
Model License ControlItem
NE Sales Unit
LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based onRelaxed
Backhaul
LT1SUL
CBRB00
UL CoMP Based
on RelaxedBackhaul(FDD)
eNodeB per eNodeB
To deploy LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul, the licenses for
LOFD-001066 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP and LOFD-070222 Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II
must be purchased and activated.
Other Features
For details, see 4.5 Features Related to LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on RelaxedBackhaul.
9.4.2 Data Preparation
This section describes the data that you need to collect for setting parameters. Required data is
data that you must collect for all scenarios. Collect scenario-specific data when necessary for
a specific feature deployment scenario.
There are three types of data sources:
l Network plan (negotiation not required): parameter values planned and set by the
operator
l Network plan (negotiation required): parameter values planned by the operator and
negotiated with the EPC or peer transmission equipment
l User-defined: parameter values set by users
Required Data
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in a BaseBandEqm MO to
configure baseband equipment information.
It is recommended that intra-frequency cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same
pole or tower be configured on the same BBP, and intra-frequency cells that are
geographically adjacent but served by RRUs installed on different poles or towers beconfigured in the same connection set. For details, see 9.3 Planning.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based on Relaxed Backhaul
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
120
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 127/169
Table 9-2 Parameters related to baseband equipment
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
Baseband
Equipment ID
BASEBANDEQM. B
ASEBANDEQMID
Network plan
(negotiation notrequired)
-
Baseband
Equipment Type
BASEBANDEQM. B
ASEBANDEQMTYP
E
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter to
ULDL.
UMTS UL
Demodulation Mode
BASEBANDEQM.U
MTSDEMMODE
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter to
NULL.
Cabinet No. of
Process Unit n
CNn Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
n indicates the
cabinet number of
the BBP, rangingfrom 0 to 7.
Subrack No. of
Process Unit n
SRNn Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
n indicates the
subrack number of
the BBP, ranging
from 0 to 1.
Slot No. of Process
Unit n
SNn Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
n indicates the slot
number of the BBP,
ranging from 0 to 5.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an eUCellSectorEqm MO to
configure a set of sector equipment for a cell.
It is recommended that intra-frequency cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same
pole or tower be configured on the same BBP.
Table 9-3 Parameters related to sector equipment for a cell
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
Local cell ID EUCELLSECTOR
EQM. LocalCellId
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
-
Sector equipment ID EUCELLSECTOR
EQM. SectorEqmId
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
-
Reference signal
power
EUCELLSECTOR
EQM. ReferenceSig
nalPwr
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
-
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based on Relaxed Backhaul
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
121
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 128/169
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
Baseband equipment
ID
EUCELLSECTOR
EQM. BaseBandEq
mId
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
-
Scenario-specific Data
Before enabling LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul, you must set the
following parameters to prepare scenario-specific data.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the CellAlgoSwitch and
ENodeBAlgoSwitch MOs to configure UL CoMP based on coordinated BBU.
ParameterName
ParameterID
Data Source Setting Notes
UplinkCom
pSwitch
CellAlgoSwit
ch.UplinkCo
mpSwitch
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
This parameter specifies whether to enable
UL CoMP for a cell.
Default value:
l UlJointReceptionSwitch:Off
l UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch:Off
l UlJointReception3CellSwitch:Off
Recommended value:
l UlJointReceptionSwitch:On
l UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch:On
l UlJointReception3CellSwitch:On
OverBBUs
Switch
ENODEBAL
GOSWITCH
.OverBBUsS
witch
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
This parameter specifies whether to enable
or disable UL CoMP based on coordinated
BBU.
Default value:
UlJROverRelaxedBHSw:Off
Recommended value:
UlJROverRelaxedBHSw:On
UL CoMP based on relaxed backhaul can be used only when all the following
switches are turned on:
l UlJointReceptionSwitch
l UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch
l UlJROverRelaxedBHSw
The following table describes parameter that must be set in the CellAlgoSwitch MO to
configure an IRC switch.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based on Relaxed Backhaul
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
122
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 129/169
ParameterName
Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
MRC/IRC
adaptation
switch
CellAlgoSwitch.
MrcIrcAdptSwitc
h
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
The MrcIrcAdptSwitch parameter
specifies whether to enable adaptive
switching between MRC and IRC.
Default value: ENABLE
Recommended value: ENABLE
The following table describes the parameter that must be set in a CellUlCompAlgo MO to
configure a UL CoMP A3 offset.
ParameterName
Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
This
parameter
specifies an
A3 offset
for UL
CoMP
based on
relaxed
backhaul.
CellUlCompAlg
o.UlCompA3Off
setForRelaxedB
H
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
This parameter specifies a UL CoMP
A3 offset. The value range is from -30
to +30, with a unit of 0.5 dB.
Default value: -6
Recommended value: -6
The following table describes parameter that must be set in the CellAlgoSwitch MO to
configure a TTI bundling switch.
ParameterName
Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
Uplink
schedule
switch
CellAlgoSwitch.
UlSchSwitch
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
This parameter specifies whether to
enable uplink scheduling in a cell. The
TtiBundlingSwitch option of this
parameter specifies whether to enable
TTI bundling.
Default value: TtiBundlingSwitch:Off
Recommended value:
TtiBundlingSwitch:On
9.4.3 Precautions
It is recommended that intra-frequency cells that are served by RRUs installed on the same
pole or tower be configured on the same BBP, and intra-frequency cells that are
geographically adjacent but served by RRUs installed on different poles or towers beconfigured in the same connection set. For details, see 9.3 Planning.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based on Relaxed Backhaul
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
123
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 130/169
9.4.4 Hardware Adjustment
It is recommended that UL CoMP be used only when the distance between the RRUs of the
serving cell and coordinated cells is not greater than 1000 m.
9.4.5 Activation
9.4.5.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly DeployedeNodeBs
Enter the values of the parameters listed in Table 9-4 in a summary data file, which also
contains other data for the new eNodeBs to be deployed. Then, import the summary data file
into the CME for batch configuration. For detailed instructions, see "Creating eNodeBs in
Batches" in the initial configuration guide for the eNodeB, which is available in the eNodeB
product documentation.
The summary data file may be a scenario-specific file provided by the CME or a customized
file, depending on the following conditions:
l The MOs in Table 9-4 are contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In this
situation, set the parameters in the MOs, and then verify and save the file.
l Some MOs in Table 9-4 are not contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In
this situation, customize a summary data file to include the MOs before you can set the
parameters.
Table 9-4 Parameters related to activation of LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on
Relaxed Backhaul
MO Sheet intheSummaryData File
Parameter Group Remarks
CellUlCompAlgo eNodeB
Radio Data
LocalCellId,
UlCompA3OffsetForRelaxed
BH
User-defined
sheet
CellAlgoSwitch eNodeB
Radio Data
LocalCellId,
UplinkCompSwitch,
PuschIrcAlgoSwitch,
UlSchSwitch
User-defined
sheet
ENodeBAlgoSwitch eNodeB
Radio Data
OverBBUsSwitch User-defined
sheet
9.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs
Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to activate a feature on
existing eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure is as follows:
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based on Relaxed Backhaul
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
124
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 131/169
Step 1 Customize a summary data file with the MOs and parameters listed in section "Using the
CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs." For online help, press
F1 when a CME window is active, and select Managing the CME > CME Guidelines >
LTE Application Management > eNodeB Related Operations > Customizing a Summary
Data File for Batch eNodeB Configuration.
Step 2 Choose CME > LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Export Data >
Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to export the eNodeB
data stored on the CME into the customized summary data file.
Step 3 In the summary data file, set the parameters in the MOs according to the setting notes
provided in section "Data Preparation" and close the file.
Step 4 Choose CME > LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Import Data >
Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to import the summary
data file into the CME, and then start the data verification.
Step 5 After data verification is complete, choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental
Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > Export
Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. For
detailed operations, see Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Script File Management
> Exporting Incremental Scripts from a Planned Data Area in the CME online help.
----End
9.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation" section for a single eNodeB.
The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 In the planned data area, click Base Station in the upper left corner of the configuration
window.
Step 2 In area 1 shown in Figure 9-1, select the eNodeB to which the MOs belong.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based on Relaxed Backhaul
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
125
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 132/169
Figure 9-1 MO search and configuration window
NOTE
l To view descriptions of the parameters in the MO, click in area 4 and press F1.
l Area 5 displays the details of a selected area-4 entry in vertical format. Click the Details icon to show or
hide this area.
Step 3 On the Search tab page in area 2, enter an MO name, for example, CELL.
Step 4 In area 3, double-click the MO in the Object Name column. All parameters in this MO are
displayed in area 4.
Step 5 Set the parameters in area 4 or 5.
Step 6 Choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose
Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to
export and activate the incremental scripts.
----End
9.4.5.4 Using the CME to Perform Feature Configuration
Step 1 On the U2000 client, choose CME > Planned Area > Create Planned Area.
Step 2 In the displayed Create Planned Area dialog box, specify Planned area name, select the
eNodeB (for which UL CoMP based on relaxed backhaul is to be activated) on the Base
Station tab page under Available NEs, and click so that it is added to Selected NEs.
Then, click OK .
NOTE
You can select one or more eNodeBs in this step.
Step 3 Choose CME > Advanced > Feature Operation and Maintenance > Export FeatureCommission Data.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based on Relaxed Backhaul
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
126
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 133/169
Step 4 In the displayed dialog box, set Category to LTE, select LOFD-081219 UL CoMP based on
relaxed backhaul, and then click Next.
Step 5 Under Available Base Stations in the dialog box, select the eNodeB whose data is to be
exported. Click so that the eNodeB is added to Selected Base Stations. Then, click
Next.
Step 6 In the dialog box, set Export as to the format (.xls or .xlsm) in which the exported data is to
be saved. Click to the right of Export path to specify the save path. Then, click Next.
Step 7 Wait until the data is exported.
Step 8 Click the hyperlink to the save path. Alternatively, click Finish, and locate the exported file in
the save path.
Step 9 Set the non-UL-CoMP parameters suggested in the (eNodeB)comment.html file in the save
path, and then set UL CoMP parameters in the UL CoMP data file (for example,
LOFD-081219.xlsm). In the UL CoMP data file, you can click an MO on the Home sheetand set the parameters on the displayed sheet based on the network plan.
Step 10 After setting the parameters, choose CME > Advanced > Feature Operation and
Maintenance > Import Feature Commission Data on the U2000 client. In the displayed
dialog box, select the UL CoMP data file, and click Next.
Step 11 Wait until the file is imported, as shown in the following figure. Leave the Export
incremental script check box selected (default setting). Click Finish.
Step 12 In the displayed dialog box, check that the eNodeB is displayed in the Selected NEs area. Set
Encrypt script and Script Executor Operation. You are advised to set Script Executor
Operation to Launch script executor and activate exported project so that the script will
be executed upon it is loaded. Then, click OK .
Step 13 In the displayed confirmation dialog box, click Yes. Data synchronization starts for the
eNodeB. If the Result is Success, UL CoMP based on relaxed backhaul has been activated.
----End
NOTE
After all steps are finished, you can run specific MML commands to verify that the parameter settings
take effect.
9.4.5.5 Using MML Commands
MML Commands
Step 1 Run the MOD CELLULCOMPALGO command to set a UL CoMP A3 offset.
MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3OffsetForRelaxedBH=-6;
NOTE
The default value is recommended.
Step 2 To activate inter-BBU 2-cell UL CoMP for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed
Backhaul, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the
UlJointReceptionSwitch and UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch for each cell involved. Then,
run the MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH command to turn on the UlJROverRelaxedBHSwswitch for each eNodeB involved.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based on Relaxed Backhaul
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
127
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 134/169
2-cell UL CoMP:MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1;
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJROverRelaxedBHSw-1;
Step 3 To activate inter-BBU 3-cell UL CoMP for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed
Backhaul, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the
UlJointReceptionSwitch, UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch, and
UlJointReception3CellSwitch for each cell involved. Then, run the MOD
ENODEBALGOSWITCH command to turn on the UlJROverRelaxedBHSw switch for
each eNodeB involved.
3-Cell UL CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR
eception3CellSwitch-1;
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJROverRelaxedBHSw-1;
Step 4 If the license for LOFD-001048 TTI Bundling has been purchased and activated, run the
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the TtiBundlingSwitch for each cellinvolved.
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlSchSwitch=TtiBundlingSwitch-1;
Step 5 If the license for LOFD-001012 UL Interference Rejection Combining has been purchased
and activated, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn on the
MrcIrcAdptSwitch for each cell involved.
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;
----End
MML Command Examples
NOTE
The commands for activating UL CoMP need to be executed for each cell involved. The following uses
the configuration of one cell as an example.
2-Cell UL CoMP
MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3OffsetForRelaxedBH=-6;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1;
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch= UlJROverRelaxedBHSw-1;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlSchSwitch=TtiBundlingSwitch-1;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;
3-Cell UL CoMP
MOD CELLULCOMPALGO: LocalCellId=0, UlCompA3OffsetForRelaxedBH=-6;MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReceptionSwitch-1&UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch-1&UlJointR
eception3CellSwitch-1;
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch= UlJROverRelaxedBHSw-1;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, UlSchSwitch=TtiBundlingSwitch-1;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, PuschIrcAlgoSwitch=MrcIrcAdptSwitch-1;
9.4.6 Activation Observation
9.4.6.1 Using MML Commands
Run the DSP CELLULCOMPCLUSTER command to query the coordinated cell list of onecell or the coordinated cell lists of all cells of the eNodeB. The command output contains the
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based on Relaxed Backhaul
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
128
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 135/169
eNodeB IDs and local cell IDs of coordinated cells. If a coordinated cell list contains cells
with different eNodeB IDs, the feature has been activated.
9.4.6.2 Using Counters
If there are UEs that meet the feature activation requirements, you can use the counters
L.ChMeas.ULRelaxedBHCoMP.PRB.Avg (ID: 1526737762) and
L.ULCoMP.ULRelaxedBHCoMP.User.Avg (ID: 1526737763) to check whether the feature
has been activated. If the value of any of the counters is not 0, this feature has been activated.
9.4.7 Reconfiguration
N/A
9.4.8 Deactivation
9.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration
Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to deactivate a feature on
eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple
eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure for feature deactivation is similar to that for
feature activation described in 9.4.5.2 Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for
Existing eNodeBs. In the procedure, modify parameters according to the following table.
Table 9-5 Parameters related to deactivation of LOFD-070223 UL CoMP Based on
Coordinated BBU
MO Sheet in theSummary Data File Parameter Group Remarks
ENodeBAlgoS
witch
eNodeB Radio Data OverBBUsSwitch User-defined
sheet
9.4.8.2 Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set parameters according to 9.4.8.1 Using the CME to Perform Batch
Configuration. For detailed instructions, see 9.4.5.3 Using the CME to Perform Single
Configuration described for feature activation.
9.4.8.3 Using MML Commands
MML Commands
l To deactivate 3-cell UL CoMP, run the MOD CELLALGOSWITCH command to turn
off the UlJointReception3CellSwitch for each cell involved.MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReception3CellSwitch-0;
l To deactivate LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul, run the MOD
ENODEBALGOSWITCH command to turn off the UlJROverRelaxedBHSw for each
eNodeB involved.MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJROverRelaxedBHSw-0;
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based on Relaxed Backhaul
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
129
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 136/169
MML Command Examples
NOTE
To deactivate one type of UL CoMP, the corresponding command needs to be executed for each cell or
eNodeB involved. The following uses the configurations of one cell and one eNodeB as an example.
l Deactivating 3-cell UL CoMPMOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0,
UplinkCompSwitch=UlJointReception3CellSwitch-0;
l Deactivating LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed BackhaulMOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=UlJROverRelaxedBHSw-0;
9.5 Performance Monitoring
After this feature is activated, you can use the following counters for monitoring.
Table 9-6 Counters related to this feature
Counter Expected Result
L.Traffic.UL.PktLoss.Loss.QCI.1
L.Traffic.UL.PktLoss.Tot.QCI.1
After UL CoMP based on relaxed backhaul takes
effect, the IBLER and uplink packet loss rate of QCI
1 services decrease.
Uplink packet loss rate for QCI 1 services =
L.Traffic.UL.PktLoss.Loss.QCI.1/
L.Traffic.UL.PktLoss.Tot.QCI.1
where
l L.Traffic.UL.PktLoss.Loss.QCI.1: Number of lost uplink PDCP SDUs for services carried on
DRBs with a QCI of 1 in a cell
l L.Traffic.UL.PktLoss.Tot.QCI.1: Number of
expected uplink PDCP SDUs for services carried
on DRBs with a QCI of 1 in a cell
L.ULCoMP.ULRelaxedBHCoMP.U
ser.Avg
L.ChMeas.ULRelaxedBHCoMP.PR
B.Avg
The more the number of UEs and PRBs available for
UL CoMP based on relaxed backhaul, the higher the
gains.
Monitoring the packet loss rate for QCI 1 services
The following table describes the required counters.
Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description
1526727961 L.Traffic.UL.PktLoss.Loss.QCI.1 Number of lost uplink PDCP
SDUs for services carried on
DRBs with a QCI of 1 in a cell
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based on Relaxed Backhaul
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
130
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 137/169
Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description
1526727962 L.Traffic.UL.PktLoss.Tot.QCI.1 Number of expected uplink PDCP
SDUs for services carried on
DRBs with a QCI of 1 in a cell
Monitoring the number of UL CoMP UEs and PUSCH PRBs
The following table describes the required counters.
Counter ID Counter Name Counter Description
1526737763 L.ULCoMP.ULRelaxedBHCoMP.
User.Avg
Average number of UEs selected
for UL CoMP based on relaxed
backhaul in a cell
1526737762 L.ChMeas.ULRelaxedBHCoMP.P
RB.Avg
Average number of PRBs selected
for UL CoMP based on relaxed
backhaul
9.6 Parameter Optimization
When LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul is enabled, its performance is
affected if intra-frequency neighboring cells have a PCI conflict. You are advised to turn on
the PCI conflict alarm switch so that PCI collision or confusion can be reported. Thecommand for turning on the switch is as follows:
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: PciConflictAlmSwitch=ON;
9.7 Troubleshooting
Fault Description
After LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul is enabled, the uplink throughput
of CEUs in a cell does not increase under the same conditions as before this feature is
enabled.
After LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul is enabled in the whole network,
the values of counters L.ULCoMP.User.Avg (ID: 1526728338), L.ULCoMP.User.Max (ID:
1526728339), and L.ULCoMP.RB (ID: 1526728340) of some or all cells remain 0.
Fault Handling
Step 1 Check related alarms, for example, an alarm that indicates the capacity of a cell decreases. If
there is such an alarm, handle the alarm according to the instructions in eNodeB Alarm
Reference. If there is not such alarm, go to Step 2.
Step 2 Run the LST CELLALGOSWITCH and LST ENODEBALGOSWITCH commands tocheck the UlJointReceptionSwitch, UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch,
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based on Relaxed Backhaul
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
131
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 138/169
UlJROverRelaxedBHSw, and TtiBundlingSwitch settings. If any switch is turned off, turn
it on and end the troubleshooting. If all switches are turned on, go to Step 3.
Step 3 Run the DSP LICINFO command to check the Actual Used values of licenses Intra-
eNodeB UL CoMP(FDD), Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II(FDD), and UL CoMP based
on Relaxed Backhaul(FDD).
l If the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP(FDD) is 0, go to Step 4 and Step
5.
l If the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP(FDD) is not 0:
– If the Actual Used value of neither Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II(FDD) nor
UL CoMP based on Relaxed Backhaul(FDD) is 0, go to Step 6 and Step 7.
– If the Actual Used value of Intra-eNodeB UL CoMP Phase II(FDD) or UL
CoMP based on Relaxed Backhaul(FDD) is 0, go to Step 8.
Step 4 Modify eNodeB configurations if they do not meet the UL CoMP deployment requirements.
Step 5 Check whether the cells are configured with mutually exclusive features described in 4.5Features Related to LOFD-081219 UL CoMP Based on Relaxed Backhaul . If yes, end the
troubleshooting. Otherwise, go to Step 8.
Step 6 Run the DSP CELLULCOMPCLUSTER command to check the coordinated cell list. If
there are coordinated cells, go to Step 7. Otherwise, go to Step 8.
Step 7 Check whether the cells selected for UL CoMP meet the requirements for the operating
environment. If the cells do not, end the troubleshooting. If the cells do, go to Step 8.
Step 8 Contact Huawei technical support.
----End
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description
9 Engineering Guidelines for LOFD-081219 UL CoMP
Based on Relaxed Backhaul
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
132
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 139/169
10 Parameters
Table 10-1 Parameters
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
ENodeB
AlgoSwi
tch
OverBB
UsSwitc
h
MOD
ENODE
BALGO
SWITC
H
LST
ENODE
BALGOSWITC
H
LOFD-0
70223
LAOFD
-001001
01
LAOFD
-001001
02
LAOFD
-001002
/
TDLAO
FD-001
002
LAOFD
-001002
02 /
TDLAO
FD-001
00202
LAOFD
-070201
/
TDLAO
FD-070
201
LAOFD
-070202
UL
CoMP
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
Intra-
BandCarrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
20MHz
Inter-
Band
Carrier
Aggregation for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
20MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
40MHz
Meaning:
Indicates whether to enable inter-BBU coordinating
algorithms. This parameter consists of the following
switches:
UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch:
Indicates whether to enable uplink coordinated multi- point (UL CoMP) between cells established on BBPs
in different BBUs. This function is enabled only when
this switch is on.
FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch:
Indicates whether to enable inter-BBU carrier
aggregation (CA) in scenarios where CA is configured
based on frequencies. Inter-BBU CA is enabled in the
preceding scenarios only when this switch is on. This
switch takes effect only when FreqCfgSwitch of the
CaAlgoSwitch parameter in the ENodeBAlgoSwitch
MO is on. Inter-BBU CA is enabled only when this
switch is on.
UlJROverRelaxedBHSw: Indicates whether to enable
the relaxed-backhaul-based inter-BBU coordinating
algorithm.
UlJROverRelaxedBHSw:
Indicates whether to enable uplink coordinated multi-
point (UL CoMP) between cells established on BBPs
in different BBUs. This function is enabled only when
this switch is on.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
133
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 140/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TDLAO
FD-001
00111
LOFD-0
81219
TDLOF
D-08120
7
Support
of UE
Categor
y 6
Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
Intra-
band
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in30MHz
UL
CoMP
based on
relaxed
backhau
l
UL
CoMP
based on
Coordinated
BBU
UlSfnJROverBBUsSwitch: Indicates whether to
enable UL CoMP in inter-BBU SFN cells.
UlSfnJROverBBUsSwitch:
UL CoMP is enabled in inter-BBU SFN cells only
when this switch is on. This switch applies to LTE
TDD only.
GUI Value Range: UlJointReceptionOverBBUsS-
witch(UlJointReceptionOverBBUsSwitch),
FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch(FreqCfgCaOverBBUsS-
witch),
UlJROverRelaxedBHSw(UlJROverRelaxedBHSw),
UlSfnJROverBBUsSwitch(UlSfnJROverBBUsS-witch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UlJointReceptionOverBBUsS-
witch, FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch,
UlJROverRelaxedBHSw, UlSfnJROverBBUsSwitch
Default Value: UlJointReceptionOverBBUsS-
witch:Off, FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch:Off,
UlJROverRelaxedBHSw:Off, UlSfnJROverBBUsS-
witch:Off
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
134
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 141/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
CellUlC
ompAlg
o
UlComp
A3Offse
tForRela
xedBH
MOD
CELLU
LCOMP
ALGO
LST
CELLU
LCOMP
ALGO
LOFD-0
81219
UL
CoMP
based on
relaxed
backhau
l
Meaning: Indicates the offset for reporting the UL
CoMP event. This offset is the difference between the
signal quality of a neighboring cell and that of the
serving cell. A larger value indicates that a
neighboring cell must have better quality for the
reporting of the event. For details, see 3GPP TS
36.331.
GUI Value Range: -30~30
Unit: 0.5dB
Actual Value Range: -15~15
Default Value: -6
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
135
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 142/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
CellAlg
oSwitch
UplinkC
ompSwi
tch
MOD
CELLA
LGOSW
ITCH
LST
CELLA
LGOSW
ITCH
LOFD-0
01066 /
TDLOF
D-00106
6
LOFD-0
70222
LOFD-0
70223
LAOFD
-080203
LOFD-081219
LAOFD
-070213
LAOFD
-070214
Intra-
eNodeB
UL
CoMP
Intra-
eNodeB
UL
CoMP
Phase II
UL
CoMP
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
Hetnet
UL
CoMP
UL
CoMP
based on
relaxed
backhau
l
Intra-
eNodeB
UL
CoMP
Phase II
UL
CoMP
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
Meaning:
Indicates whether to enable Uplink Coordinated
Multiple Points Reception (UL CoMP) for a cell.
If all of UlJointReceptionSwitch, UlJointReception-
PhaseIISwitch, UlJointReception3CellSwitch, and
UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch of this parameter are
off, UL CoMP is disabled.
If UlJointReceptionSwitch is on, UlJointReception-
PhaseIISwitch is off, UlJointReception3CellSwitch is
off, and UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch is off, intra-
site UL CoMP is enabled, and each UE supports UL
CoMP in at most two cells.
If UlJointReceptionSwitch is on, UlJointReception-
PhaseIISwitch is on, UlJointReception3CellSwitch is
off, and UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch is off, intra-
BBU intra-site and inter-site UL CoMP is enabled in
cloud BB scenarios, and each UE supports UL CoMP
in at most two cells.
If UlJointReceptionSwitch is on, UlJointReception-
PhaseIISwitch is on, UlJointReception3CellSwitch is
on, and UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch is off, intra-
BBU intra-site and inter-site UL CoMP is enabled incloud BB scenarios, and each UE supports UL CoMP
in at most three cells.
If UlJointReceptionSwitch is on, UlJointReception-
PhaseIISwitch is on, UlJointReception3CellSwitch is
off, and UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch is on, UL
CoMP is enabled in HetNet networking, intra-BBU
intra-site and inter-site UL CoMP is enabled in cloud
BB scenarios, and each UE supports UL CoMP in at
most two cells.
If UlJointReceptionSwitch is on, UlJointReception-
PhaseIISwitch is on, UlJointReception3CellSwitch ison, and UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch is on, UL
CoMP is enabled in HetNet networking, intra-BBU
intra-site and inter-site UL CoMP is enabled in cloud
BB scenarios, and each UE supports UL CoMP in at
most three cells.
UlCompRollbackSwitch controls whether a CoMP UE
is not selected any more in UL CoMP and becomes a
non-CoMP UE. If this switch is on, the eNodeB
detects signal qualities and interference changes of the
serving and coordinating cells of a CoMP UE in real
time. If the eNodeB detects that the interference from
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
136
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 143/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
signals of UEs in the coordinating cell cannot be
mitigated using UL CoMP, the eNodeB no longer
selects the CoMP UE in UL CoMP, and the UE
becomes a non-CoMP UE. If this switch is off, the
eNodeB always selects the CoMP UE in UL CoMP,
and the UE will never become a non-CoMP UE. This
parameter applies only to cells established on LBBPc
boards.
UlJointReception3CellSwitch controls whether three-
cell UL CoMP is enabled in the serving cell. The
coordinating cell cannot know whether itself is
involved in three-cell UL CoMP. Assume
UlJointReception3CellSwitch is on for cell A and
UlJointReceptionSwitch is on for cell B. Then, three-
cell UL CoMP is enabled in cell A that acts as the
serving cell while three-cell UL CoMP does not need
to be enabled in cell B that acts as a coordinating cell.
This switch applies only to FDD cells.
UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw: If this option is
deselected, the measurement neighboring cell set of
this macro cell or the macro cell to which this micro
cell belongs is dynamically obtained. If this option is
selected, the measurement neighboring cell set of this
macro cell and the macro cell to which this micro cell belongs is manually configured.
UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw: If this option is
deselected, the coordinating cell set consisting of
macro and micro cells is selected based on the
reporting of event A3. If this option is selected, the
coordinating cell set consisting of macro cells is
selected based on the reporting of event A3, and the
coordinating cell set consisting of macro and micro
cells is selected based on the measurements of uplink
RSRP or based on the reporting of event A3. This
option takes effect only when the UlHetnetJointRe-ceptionSwitch option is selected.
GUI Value Range: UlJointReceptionS-
witch(UlJointReceptionSwitch), UlJointReception-
PhaseIISwitch(UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch),
UlCompRollbackSwitch(UlCompRollbackSwitch),
UlJointReception3CellSwitch(UlJointReception3Cell
Switch), UlHetnetJointReceptionS-
witch(UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch),
UlHetnetCompManualN-
cellCfgSw(UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw),
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
137
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 144/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw(UlHetnetCompOnUlRsr
pSw)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UlJointReceptionSwitch,
UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch, UlCompRollbackS-
witch, UlJointReception3CellSwitch,
UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch,
UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw,
UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw
Default Value: UlJointReceptionSwitch:Off,
UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch:Off,
UlCompRollbackSwitch:On,UlJointReception3CellSwitch:Off, UlHetnetJointRe-
ceptionSwitch:Off, UlHetnetCompManualN-
cellCfgSw:Off, UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw:Off
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
138
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 145/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
CellAlg
oSwitch
UlJRAnt
NumCo
mbSw
MOD
CELLA
LGOSW
ITCH
LST
CELLA
LGOSW
ITCH
LOFD-0
01066 /
TDLOF
D-00106
6
LOFD-0
70222 /
TDLOF
D-08120
8
LOFD-0
70223 /
TDLOF
D-08120
7
LOFD-0
03029
LOFD-0
70205
Intra-
eNodeB
UL
CoMP
Intra-
eNodeB
UL
CoMP
Phase II
UL
CoMP
based on
Coordin
ated
BBU
SFN
Adaptiv
e SFN/
SDMA
Meaning:
Indicates whether to enable UL CoMP among cells
each with the specific number of RX antennas.
Ul1R1RJRSwitch: Indicates whether to enable UL
CoMP among cells each with one RX antenna. If this
option is selected, UL CoMP is enabled among such
cells. You are advised to select this option when the
serving cell and coordinating cells are not connected
based on relaxed backhaul. If this option is deselected,
UL CoMP among such cells is disabled. This option
applies only to LTE FDD.
Ul1R2RJRSwitch: Indicates whether to enable ULCoMP among cells each with one RX antenna and
cells each with two RX antennas. If this option is
selected, UL CoMP among such cells is enabled. You
are advised to select this option when the serving cell
and coordinating cells are not connected based on
relaxed backhaul. If this option is deselected, UL
CoMP among such cells is disabled. This option
applies only to LTE FDD.
Ul2R8RJRSwitch: Indicates whether to enable UL
CoMP among cells each with two RX antennas and
cells each with eight RX antennas. If this option isselected, UL CoMP among such cells is enabled. If
this option is deselected, UL CoMP among such cells
is disabled. This option applies only to LTE TDD cells
in cell combination scenarios.
Ul4R8RJRSwitch: Indicates whether to enable UL
CoMP among cells each with four RX antennas and
cells each with eight RX antennas. If this option is
selected, UL CoMP among such cells is enabled. If
this option is deselected, UL CoMP among such cells
is disabled. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
Ul8R8RJRSwitch: Indicates whether to enable UL
CoMP among cells each with eight RX antennas. If
this option is selected, UL CoMP among such cells is
enabled. If this option is deselected, UL CoMP among
such cells is disabled. This option applies only to LTE
TDD.
UL CoMP among cells each with two RX antennas or
cells each with four RX antennas is enabled by default
in the scenarios indicated by specific options under
the UplinkCompSwitch or SfnUplinkCompSwitch
parameter when the options are selected.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
139
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 146/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
GUI Value Range:
Ul1R1RJRSwitch(Ul1R1RJRSwitch),
Ul1R2RJRSwitch(Ul1R2RJRSwitch),
Ul2R8RJRSwitch(Ul2R8RJRSwitch),
Ul4R8RJRSwitch(Ul4R8RJRSwitch),
Ul8R8RJRSwitch(Ul8R8RJRSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Ul1R1RJRSwitch,
Ul1R2RJRSwitch, Ul2R8RJRSwitch,
Ul4R8RJRSwitch, Ul8R8RJRSwitch
Default Value: Ul1R1RJRSwitch:Off,
Ul1R2RJRSwitch:Off, Ul2R8RJRSwitch:Off,Ul4R8RJRSwitch:Off, Ul8R8RJRSwitch:Off
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
140
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 147/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
CellAlg
oSwitch
PuschIrc
AlgoSwi
tch
MOD
CELLA
LGOSW
ITCH
LST
CELLA
LGOSW
ITCH
LOFD-0
01012 /
TDLOF
D-00101
2
UL
Interfere
nce
Rejectio
n
Combini
ng
Meaning:
Indicates the interference rejection combining (IRC)
algorithm applied to the PUSCH. This parameter
includes the following switches:
MrcIrcAdptSwitch: Indicates whether to apply
MRC/IRC adaptation on the PUSCH.
SmartIrcSwitch: Indicates whether to apply enhanced
8R IRC algorithm to the PUSCH. This switch applies
only to 8R and 4R CoMP scenarios in TDD macro
eNodeBs.
MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R: Indicates whether to applyMRC/IRC adaptation on the PUSCH in 2R scenarios.
This switch takes effect only when MrcIrcAdptSwitch
is on. If MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R is on, IRC is applied to
the PUSCH in 2R scenarios. If MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R
is off, MRC/IRC adaptation is applied to the PUSCH
in 2R scenarios.
In 2R cells established on LBBPc boards: If
MrcIrcAdptSwitch is on, IRC applies to the PUSCH.
If MrcIrcAdptSwitch is off, MRC applies to the
PUSCH.
In 2R cells established on LBBPd boards: The setting
of MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R takes effect only when
MrcIrcAdptSwitch is on. If MrcIrcAdptSwitch and
MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R are on, MRC/IRC adaptation
applies to the PUSCH. If MrcIrcAdptSwitch is on and
MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R is off, IRC applies to the
PUSCH. If MrcIrcAdptSwitch is off, MRC applies to
the PUSCH.
In 2R cells established on the UBBP boards: If
MrcIrcAdptSwitch is on, MRC/IRC adaptation applies
to the PUSCH. If MrcIrcAdptSwitch is off, MRC
applies to the PUSCH.
In 4R cells established on the LBBPc, LBBPd, or
UBBP boards: If MrcIrcAdptSwitch is on, MRC/IRC
adaptation applies to the PUSCH. If
MrcIrcAdptSwitch is off, MRC applies to the PUSCH.
GUI Value Range:
MrcIrcAdptSwitch(MrcIrcAdptSwitch),
SmartIrcSwitch(SmartIrcSwitch),
MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R(MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R)
Unit: None
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
141
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 148/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
Actual Value Range: MrcIrcAdptSwitch,
SmartIrcSwitch, MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R
Default Value: MrcIrcAdptSwitch:On,
SmartIrcSwitch:Off, MrcIrcAdaptivefor2R:Off
CellUlC
ompAlg
o
UlComp
A3Offse
t
MOD
CELLU
LCOMP
ALGO
LST
CELLU
LCOMP
ALGO
LOFD-0
01066 /
TDLOF
D-00106
6
Intra-
eNodeB
UL
CoMP
Meaning: Indicates the offset for UL CoMP event A3.
A larger value indicates that a neighboring cell must
have better quality for the reporting of the event. For
details, see 3GPP TS 36.331.
GUI Value Range: -30~30
Unit: 0.5dB
Actual Value Range: -15~15Default Value: -20
CellUlsc
hAlgo
UlHoppi
ngType
MOD
CELLU
LSCHA
LGO
LST
CELLU
LSCHA
LGO
LBFD-0
02025 /
TDLBF
D-00202
5
LOFD-0
01015 /
TDLOF
D-00101
5
Basic
Scheduli
ng
Enhance
d
Scheduli
ng
Meaning:
Indicates whether frequency hopping (FH) is enabled
or disabled and which FH type is used.
Hopping_OFF: indicates that FH is disabled.
Hopping_Type1: indicates that adaptive FH is enabled
and FH type 1 is used. In this scenario, UEs in the cell
can determine whether to use FH based on the actual
situation.
Hopping_Type2: indicates that adaptive FH is enabled
and FH type 2 is used. In this scenario, UEs in the cell
can determine whether to use FH based on the actual
situation.
Hopping_Type2_RANDOM: indicates that random
FH is enabled and FH type 2 is used. In this scenario,
all UEs in the cell use FH.
GUI Value Range: HOPPING_OFF(Hopping off),
HOPPING_TYPE1(Hopping Type 1),
HOPPING_TYPE2(Hopping Type 2),
HOPPING_TYPE2_RANDOM(Hopping Type 2Random)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: HOPPING_OFF,
HOPPING_TYPE1, HOPPING_TYPE2,
HOPPING_TYPE2_RANDOM
Default Value: HOPPING_OFF(Hopping off)
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
142
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 149/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
Cell MultiRr
uCellMo
de
ADD
CELL
MOD
CELL
LST
CELL
LOFD-0
03029 /
TDLOF
D-00107
5
LOFD-0
70205 /
TDLOF
D-00200
8
TDLOF
D-00109
8
TDLOF
D-00108
0
TDLOF
D-00108
1
TDLOF
D-00108
2
SFN
Adaptiv
e SFN/
SDMA
Inter-
BBP
SFN
Inter-
BBU
SFN
Inter-
BBPAdaptiv
e SFN/
SDMA
Inter-
BBU
Adaptiv
e SFN/
SDMA
Meaning: Indicates the type of the multi-RRU cell.
GUI Value Range: SFN(SFN),
CELL_COMBINATION(Cell Combination),
TWO_RRU_COMBINATION(TWO RRU
Combination), DIGITAL_COMBINATION(Cell
Digital Combination),
MPRU_AGGREGATION(MPRU_AGGREGATION)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SFN, CELL_COMBINATION,
TWO_RRU_COMBINATION,
DIGITAL_COMBINATION,
MPRU_AGGREGATIONDefault Value: SFN(SFN)
CellMcPara
Hysteresis
MODCELLM
CPARA
LST
CELLM
CPARA
None None Meaning: Indicates the hysteresis for reporting eventA3 or A6. This parameter is used to prevent frequent
entering or leaving of event A3 or A6 and decision
errors due to radio signal fluctuation. For details, see
3GPP TS 36.331.
GUI Value Range: 0~30
Unit: 0.5dB
Actual Value Range: 0~15
Default Value: 4
CellMcP
ara
Trigger
Quantity
MOD
CELLM
CPARA
LST
CELLM
CPARA
None None Meaning: Indicates whether event A3 or A6 is
triggered based on RSRP or RSRQ values. The
measured RSRP values are stable, slightly varying
with the load, and therefore there is little signal
fluctuation. The measured RSRQ values vary with the
load and are likely to reflect the signal quality of the
cell in real time.
GUI Value Range: RSRP, RSRQ
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RSRP, RSRQ
Default Value: RSRP
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
143
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 150/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
CellMcP
ara
ReportQ
uantity
MOD
CELLM
CPARA
LST
CELLM
CPARA
None None Meaning: Indicates the type of the value to be
included in the measurement report after event A3 or
A6 is triggered, which can be set to
SAME_AS_TRIG_QUAN(Same as Trig Quan) or
BOTH(Both). The value
SAME_AS_TRIG_QUAN(Same as Trig Quan)
indicates that the type of the value to be included in
the measurement report is the same as that specified
by the TriggerQuantity parameter. The value
BOTH(Both) indicates that both RSRP and RSRQ
values are included in the measurement report. The
measured RSRP values are stable, slightly varying
with the load, and therefore there is little signalfluctuation. The measured RSRQ values vary with the
load and are likely to reflect the signal quality of the
cell in real time. For details, see 3GPP TS 36.331.
GUI Value Range: SAME_AS_TRIG_QUAN(Same
as Trig Quan), BOTH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SAME_AS_TRIG_QUAN,
BOTH
Default Value: BOTH
CellMcPara
TimetoTrigger
MODCELLM
CPARA
LST
CELLM
CPARA
None None Meaning: Indicates the time-to-trigger for reportingevent A3 or A6. When detecting that the signal quality
in the serving cell and that in at least one neighboring
cell meet the entering condition, the UE does not
report the event to the eNodeB immediately. Instead,
the UE reports the event only when the signal quality
continuously meets the entering condition during the
time-to-trigger.
GUI Value Range: 0ms, 40ms, 64ms, 80ms, 100ms,
128ms, 160ms, 256ms, 320ms, 480ms, 512ms, 640ms,
1024ms, 1280ms, 2560ms, 5120ms
Unit: msActual Value Range: 0ms, 40ms, 64ms, 80ms, 100ms,
128ms, 160ms, 256ms, 320ms, 480ms, 512ms, 640ms,
1024ms, 1280ms, 2560ms, 5120ms
Default Value: 640ms
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
144
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 151/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
CellMcP
ara
ReportIn
terval
MOD
CELLM
CPARA
LST
CELLM
CPARA
None None Meaning: Indicates the interval between periodic
measurement reports that are sent after event A3 or
A6 is triggered. For details, see 3GPP TS 36.331.
GUI Value Range: 120ms, 240ms, 480ms, 640ms,
1024ms, 2048ms, 5120ms, 10240ms, 1min, 6min,
12min, 30min, 60min
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 120ms, 240ms, 480ms, 640ms,
1024ms, 2048ms, 5120ms, 10240ms, 1min, 6min,
12min, 30min, 60min
Default Value: 5120ms
CellMcP
ara
ReportA
mount
MOD
CELLM
CPARA
LST
CELLM
CPARA
None None Meaning: Indicates the number of periodic
measurement reports that are sent after event A3 or
A6 is triggered. For details, see 3GPP TS 36.331.
GUI Value Range: r1(1), r2(2), r4(4), r8(8), r16(16),
r32(32), r64(64), Infinity(Infinity)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64,
Infinity
Default Value: Infinity(Infinity)
BASEBANDEQ
M
BASEBANDEQ
MID
ADDBASEB
ANDEQ
M
LST
BASEB
ANDEQ
M
MOD
BASEB
ANDEQ
MRMV
BASEB
ANDEQ
M
None None Meaning: Indicates the number of the basebandequipment.
GUI Value Range: 0~23
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~23
Default Value: None
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
145
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 152/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
BASEB
ANDEQ
M
BASEB
ANDEQ
MTYPE
ADD
BASEB
ANDEQ
M
LST
BASEB
ANDEQ
M
MOD
BASEB
ANDEQ
M
RMV
BASEB
ANDEQ
M
None None Meaning: Indicates the type of baseband equipment.
GUI Value Range: UL(UL), DL(DL),
ULDL(Combined UL and DL)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UL, DL, ULDL
Default Value: None
BASEB
ANDEQ
M
UMTSD
EMMO
DE
ADD
BASEB
ANDEQ
M
LST
BASEB
ANDEQM
None None Meaning: Indicates the demodulation mode of uplink
baseband equipment for UMTS mode. When uplink
(or uplink and downlink) baseband equipment is
added, its demodulation mode must be specified.
Different demodulation modes can be specified for
different sets of uplink (or uplink and downlink)
baseband equipment. This parameter is not used for
GSM mode, and therefore it is recommended that this
parameter be set to NULL for GSM mode. This
parameter cannot be set to NULL for UMTS mode.
This parameter is not used for LTE mode, and
therefore it is recommended that this parameter be set
to NULL for LTE mode.
GUI Value Range: NULL(NULL), DEM_4_CHAN(4-
Channels Demodulation Mode),
DEM_ECON_4_CHAN(Economical 4-Channels
Demodulation Mode), DEM_2_CHAN(2-Channels
Demodulation Mode)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NULL, DEM_4_CHAN,
DEM_ECON_4_CHAN, DEM_2_CHAN
Default Value: None
MBMSP
ara
LocalCe
llId
DSP
MBMSP
ARA
None None Meaning: This parameter indicates the local ID of the
cell. It uniquely identifies a cell within an eNodeB.
GUI Value Range: 0~255
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~255
Default Value: None
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
146
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 153/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
eUCellS
ectorEq
m
SectorE
qmId
ADD
EUCEL
LSECT
OREQ
M
DSP
EURTW
P
LST
EUCEL
LSECT
OREQ
M
MOD
EUCEL
LSECT
OREQ
M
RMV
EUCEL
LSECT
OREQ
M
None None Meaning: Indicates the ID of the sector device that
serves the cell,it uniquely identifies a sector device
within an eNodeB.
GUI Value Range: 0~65535
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~65535
Default Value: None
eUCellS
ectorEq
m
Referen
ceSignal
Pwr
ADD
EUCEL
LSECT
OREQ
M
MOD
EUCEL
LSECT
OREQ
M
LSTEUCEL
LSECT
OREQ
M
None None Meaning: Indicates the reference signal power of the
cell sector device. The value 32767 indicates that this
reference signal power parameter is invalid. In this
case, the reference signal power of the cell equals the
value of the PDSCHCFG parameter. For details, see
3GPP TS 36.213.This parameter is valid only when a
multi-RRU cell works in
SFN,MPRU_AGGREGATION or cell combination
mode.
GUI Value Range: -600~500,32767
Unit: 0.1dBmActual Value Range: -60~50,3276.7
Default Value: 32767
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
147
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 154/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
eUCellS
ectorEq
m
BaseBan
dEqmId
ADD
EUCEL
LSECT
OREQ
M
MOD
EUCEL
LSECT
OREQ
M
LST
EUCEL
LSECT
OREQ
M
None None Meaning:
Indicates the ID of the baseband equipment serving a
cell.
When this parameter is set to 255, the baseband
equipment serving a cell is not specified. In this
scenario, the LTE baseband processing units (LBBPs)
serving a cell are selected among all LBBPs in the
eNodeB, and the LBBPs to which the cell's serving
RRU is connected are preferentially selected.
When this parameter is set to a value other than 255,
the cell is served by LBBPs in the specified baseband
equipment, and the LBBPs to which the cell's servingRRU is connected are preferentially selected.
GUI Value Range: 0~23,255
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~23,255
Default Value: 255
eUCellS
ectorEq
m
LocalCe
llId
ADD
EUCEL
LSECT
OREQ
M
LST
EUCEL
LSECT
OREQ
M
MOD
EUCEL
LSECT
OREQ
M
RMV
EUCEL
LSECT
OREQ
M
DSP
EURTW
P
None None Meaning: Indicates the local cell identity. It uniquely
identifies a cell within an eNodeB.
GUI Value Range: 0~255
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~255
Default Value: None
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
148
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 155/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
Cell eNodeB
Id
DSP
CELL
DSP
CELLP
HYTOP
O
None None Meaning: Indicates the ID of the eNodeB.
GUI Value Range: 0~1048575
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~1048575
Default Value: None
CellAlg
oSwitch
MrcIrcA
dptSwitc
h
MOD
CELLA
LGOSW
ITCH
LST
CELLALGOSW
ITCH
LOFD-0
01012 /
TDLOF
D-00101
2
UL
Interfere
nce
Rejectio
n
Combining
Meaning: Indicates whether to apply MRC/IRC
adaptation to the PUSCH.
GUI Value Range: DISABLE(Disable),
ENABLE(Enable)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DISABLE, ENABLE
Default Value: ENABLE(Enable)
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
149
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 156/169
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 157/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
services on the Uu interface, thereby improving uplink
coverage.
ImIcSwitch: Indicates whether to enable the
intermodulation interference (IM) cancellation for
UEs. When data is transmitted in both uplink and
downlink, two IM components are generated
symmetrically beside the Direct Current (DC)
subcarrier on the downlink receive channel due to
interference from uplink radio signals. If this switch is
on, IM component elimination is performed on UEs.
If this switch is off, IM component elimination is not
performed on UEs. This switch applies only to FDD
cells working in frequency band 20.
SmartPreAllocationSwitch: Indicates whether to
enable uplink smart preallocation when preallocation
is enabled (by turning on PreAllocationSwitch). If
both PreAllocationSwitch and SmartPreAllocationS-
witch are on and SmartPreAllocationDuration is set to
a value greater than 0, uplink smart preallocation is
enabled; otherwise, uplink smart preallocation is
disabled.
PuschDtxSwitch: Indicates whether the eNodeB uses
the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH)discontinuous transmission (DTX) detection result
during UL scheduling. In an LTE FDD cell, if this
switch is on, based on the PUSCH DTX detection
result, the eNodeB determines whether to perform
adaptive retransmission during UL scheduling and
also adjusts the control channel element (CCE)
aggregation level of the physical downlink control
channel (PDCCH) carrying downlink control
information (DCI) format 0. If an FDD cell is
established on an LBBPc, this switch takes effect only
when the cell uses less than four RX antennas and
normal cyclic prefix (CP) in the uplink and theSrsCfgInd parameter in the SRSCfg MO is set to
BOOLEAN_TRUE. Note that the LBBPc does not
support PUSCH DTX detection for UEs with MU-
MIMO applied. In an LTE TDD cell, this switch takes
effect only when the cell is configured with subframe
configuration 2 or 5. After this switch takes effect, the
eNodeB adjusts the CCE aggregation level based on
the PUSCH DTX detection results. Note that LTE
TDD cells established on LBBPc boards do not
support PUSCH DTX detection.
UlIblerAdjustSwitch: Indicates whether to enable theuplink initial block error rate (IBLER) adjustment
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
151
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 158/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
algorithm. If this switch is on, IBLER convergence
target is adjusted to increase the cell edge throughput.
When this switch is on, the recommended
configuration of parameter DopMeasLevel in MO
CellUlschAlgo is CLASS_1.
UlEnhancedFssSwitch: Indicates whether to enable
uplink load-based enhanced frequency selection. This
switch applies only to FDD cells.
UlIicsAlgoSwitch: Indicates whether to enable the UL
IICS algorithm. If this switch is on, interference can
be reduced based on accurate detection of user
attributes and resource scheduling coordination,thereby increasing the cell edge throughput. This
switch applies only to LTE TDD networks.
UlEnhancedSrSchSwitch: Indicates whether uplink re-
scheduling is performed only when the On Duration
timer for the DRX long cycle starts. Uplink re-
scheduling is required if the number of HARQ
retransmissions for a scheduling request (SR) reaches
the maximum value but the scheduling still fails. If
this switch is on, uplink re-scheduling is performed
only when the On Duration timer for the DRX long
cycle starts. If this switch is off, uplink re-schedulingis performed immediately when the number of HARQ
retransmissions for SR reaches the maximum value
but the scheduling still fails. It is recommended that
the switch be turned on in live networks.
SchedulerCtrlPowerSwitch: Indicates whether the
uplink scheduler performs scheduling without
considering power control restrictions. If this switch is
on, the uplink scheduler performs scheduling without
considering power control restrictions, which ensures
full utilization of the transmit power for all UEs. If
this switch is off, the uplink scheduler considers power control restrictions while performing
scheduling, which prevents full utilization of the
transmit power for UEs at far or medium distances
from the cell center.
UlMinGbrSwitch: Indicates whether to enable uplink
minimum guaranteed bit rate (GBR). If this switch is
on, the minimum GBR of non-GBR services is
ensured by increasing the scheduling priority of UEs
whose non-GBR service rates are lower than the
minimum GBR of GBR services.
UlMbrCtrlSwitch: Indicates whether to enable uplink scheduling based on the maximum bit rate (MBR) and
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
152
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 159/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
guaranteed bit rate (GBR) on the GBR bearer. If this
switch is on, the eNodeB performs uplink scheduling
on GBR bearers based on the MBR and GBR. If this
switch is off, the eNodeB performs uplink scheduling
on GBR bearers based only on the GBR.
MbrUlSchSwitch: Indicates whether the eNodeB
performs uplink scheduling based on MBR. If this
switch is on, the eNodeB prioritizes UEs based on the
MBRs during uplink scheduling. This parameter
applies only to LTE TDD cells.
UeAmbrUlSchSwitch: Indicates whether the eNodeB
performs uplink scheduling based on the aggregatemaximum bit rate (AMBR) of UEs. If this switch is
on, the eNodeB prioritizes UEs based on the AMBRs
during uplink scheduling. This parameter applies only
to LTE TDD cells.
UlEnhancedDopplerSwitch: Indicates whether to
enable enhanced uplink scheduling based on mobility
speed. If this switch is on, enhanced uplink scheduling
based on mobility speed is enabled. If this switch is
on, the eNodeB determines whether a UE is a low-
mobility UE based on the Doppler measurement in the
physical layer, and then improves uplink frequencyselective scheduling performance for low-mobility
UEs. If this switch is off, enhanced uplink scheduling
based on mobility speed is disabled. This switch takes
effect only when the UlEnhancedDopplerSwitch
parameter is set to CLASS_1. This switch does not
take effect on cells established on an LBBPc.
UlRaUserSchOptSw: Indicates whether the eNodeB
raises the scheduling priority of UEs sending uplink
access signaling, including MSG5 and the RRC
Connection Reconfiguration Complete message. If
this switch is on, the eNodeB raises the scheduling priority of UEs sending uplink access signaling. If this
switch is off, the eNodeB does not raise the
scheduling priority of UEs sending uplink access
signaling.
UlLast2RetransSchOptSwitch: Indicates whether to
enable optimization on the scheduling policy for the
last two retransmissions. If this switch is on,
optimization on the scheduling policy for the last two
retransmissions is enabled. If the UE transmit power is
not limited, adaptive retransmission is used and the
number of RBs increases in the last two
retransmissions to increase the receive success rate of
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
153
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 160/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
the last two retransmissions and decrease uplink
RBLER. If this switch is off, optimization on the
scheduling policy for the last two retransmissions is
disabled. This switch does not apply to LTE TDD
cells.
UlInterfFssSwitch: Indicates whether to enable
interference-based uplink frequency-selective
scheduling. This switch applies only to LTE FDD
networks.
UlSmallRBSpectralEffOptSw: Indicates whether to
enable spectral efficiency optimization on uplink
small RBs. If this switch is on, the optimization isenabled, thereby ensuring that the transmission block
size calculated based on optimized spectral efficiency
is not less than the traffic volume needs to be
scheduled. If this switch is off, the optimization is
disabled.
PuschUsePucchRbSwitch: Indicates whether PUCCH
RBs can be occupied by the PUSCH. In scenarios
with a single user, if this switch is on, PUCCH RBs
can be occupied by the PUSCH. If this switch is off,
PUCCH RBs cannot be occupied by the PUSCH. In
scenarios with multiple users, PUCCH RBs cannot beoccupied by the PUSCH no matter whether this switch
is on or off.
PuschDtxSchOptSwitch: If this switch is on, the
eNodeB determines whether to perform adaptive
retransmission during UL scheduling based on the
PUSCH DTX detection result. This switch takes effect
only when subframe configuration 2 or 5 is used. If a
TDD cell is established on an LBBPc, PUSCH DTX
detection is not supported. This switch applies only to
LTE TDD cells.
PrachRbReuseSwitch:If this switch is on, the PUSCHand PRACH transmissions can use the same resource.
If this switch is off, the PUSCH and PRACH
transmissions cannot use the same resource. This
switch applies only to LTE TDD cells.
ULFSSAlgoswitch:If this switch is off, uplink
frequency-selective scheduling is disabled. If this
switch is on, uplink frequency-selective scheduling is
enabled. This switch is invalid if the HighSpeedFlag
parameter in the Cell MO is set to
HIGH_SPEED(High speed cell flag) or
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
154
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 161/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
ULTRA_HIGH_SPEED(Ultra high speed cell flag),
that is, uplink frequency-selective scheduling is
disabled in high speed and ultra high speed mobility
conditions. This switch applies only to LTE TDD
cells.
SrSchDataAdptSw: Indicates whether to enable data
volume adaption in SR scheduling. Data volume
adaption in SR scheduling is enabled only when this
option is selected.
UlFssUserThdStSwitch: UlFssUserThdStSwitch:
Indicates whether to enable the optimization policy on
the UE number threshold for frequency selectivescheduling. The optimization policy is enabled only
when this option is selected.
GUI Value Range: SpsSchSwitch(SpsSchSwitch),
SinrAdjustSwitch(SinrAdjustSwitch),
PreAllocationSwitch(PreAllocationSwitch),
UlVmimoSwitch(UlVmimoSwitch),
TtiBundlingSwitch(TtiBundlingSwitch),
ImIcSwitch(ImIcSwitch), SmartPreAllocationS-
witch(SmartPreAllocationSwitch),
PuschDtxSwitch(PuschDtxSwitch),
UlIblerAdjustSwitch(UlIblerAdjustSwitch),
UlEnhancedFssSwitch(UlEnhancedFssSwitch),
UlEnhancedSrSchSwitch(UlEnhancedSrSchSwitch),
SchedulerCtrlPowerSwitch(SchedulerCtrlPowerS-
witch), UlIicsAlgoSwitch(UlIicsAlgoSwitch),
UlMinGbrSwitch(UlMinGbrSwitch),
UlMbrCtrlSwitch(UlMbrCtrlSwitch),
MbrUlSchSwitch(MbrUlSchSwitch),
UeAmbrUlSchSwitch(UeAmbrUlSchSwitch),
UlEnhancedDopplerSwitch(UlEnhancedDopplerS-
witch), UlRaUserSchOptSw(UlRaUserSchOptSw),
UlLast2RetransSchOptSwitch(UlLast2RetransSchOpt
Switch), UlInterfFssSwitch(UlInterfFssSwitch),UlSmallRBSpectralEffOptSw(UlSmallRBSpectralEf-
ficiencyOptSw), PuschUsePucchRbS-
witch(PuschUsePucchRbSwitch), PuschDtxSchOptS-
witch(PuschDtxSchOptSwitch),
ULFSSAlgoSwitch(ULFSSAlgoSwitch),
PrachRbReuseSwitch(PrachRbReuseSwitch),
SrSchDataAdptSw(SrSchDataAdptSw),
UlFssUserThdStSwitch(UlFssUserThdStSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SpsSchSwitch,
SinrAdjustSwitch, PreAllocationSwitch,
UlVmimoSwitch, TtiBundlingSwitch, ImIcSwitch,
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
155
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 162/169
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
SmartPreAllocationSwitch, PuschDtxSwitch,
UlIblerAdjustSwitch, UlEnhancedFssSwitch,
UlEnhancedSrSchSwitch, SchedulerCtrlPowerSwitch,
UlIicsAlgoSwitch, UlMinGbrSwitch,
UlMbrCtrlSwitch, MbrUlSchSwitch,
UeAmbrUlSchSwitch, UlEnhancedDopplerSwitch,
UlRaUserSchOptSw, UlLast2RetransSchOptSwitch,
UlInterfFssSwitch, UlSmallRBSpectralEffOptSw,
PuschUsePucchRbSwitch, PuschDtxSchOptSwitch,
ULFSSAlgoSwitch, PrachRbReuseSwitch,
SrSchDataAdptSw, UlFssUserThdStSwitch
Default Value: SpsSchSwitch:Off,
SinrAdjustSwitch:On, PreAllocationSwitch:On,UlVmimoSwitch:Off, TtiBundlingSwitch:Off,
ImIcSwitch:Off, SmartPreAllocationSwitch:Off,
PuschDtxSwitch:On, UlIblerAdjustSwitch:Off,
UlEnhancedFssSwitch:On, UlEnhancedSrSchS-
witch:Off, SchedulerCtrlPowerSwitch:Off,
UlIicsAlgoSwitch:Off, UlMinGbrSwitch:Off,
UlMbrCtrlSwitch:Off, MbrUlSchSwitch:Off,
UeAmbrUlSchSwitch:Off, UlEnhancedDopplerS-
witch:Off, UlRaUserSchOptSw:Off,
UlLast2RetransSchOptSwitch:Off,
UlInterfFssSwitch:Off, UlSmallRBSpectralEf-
fOptSw:Off, PuschUsePucchRbSwitch:Off,PuschDtxSchOptSwitch:Off, ULFSSAlgoSwitch:On,
PrachRbReuseSwitch:Off, SrSchDataAdptSw:On,
UlFssUserThdStSwitch:Off
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 10 Parameters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
156
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 163/169
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 164/169
Counter ID Counter Name CounterDescription
Feature ID Feature Name
1526727440 L.ChMeas.PUSCH.
MCS.28
Number of times
MCS index 28 is
scheduled on the
PUSCH
Multi-mode: None
GSM: NoneUMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-002025
TDLBFD-002025
LBFD-001005
TDLBFD-001005
LOFD-001006
TDLOFD-001006
Basic Scheduling
Basic SchedulingModulation: DL/UL
QPSK, DL/UL
16QAM, DL
64QAM
Modulation: DL/UL
QPSK, DL/UL
16QAM, DL
64QAM
UL 64QAM
UL 64QAM
1526727483 L.ChMeas.PRB.PU
CCH.Avg
Average number of
used PRBs over the
PUCCH
Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-002025
TDLBFD-002025
Basic Scheduling
Basic Scheduling
1526728259 L.Thrp.bits.UL Total uplink traffic
volume for PDCP
PDUs in a cell
Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: NoneLTE:
LBFD-002008
TDLBFD-002008
LBFD-002025
TDLBFD-002025
Radio Bearer
Management
Radio Bearer
Management
Basic Scheduling
Basic Scheduling
1526728260 L.Thrp.Time.UL Total receive
duration of uplink
PDCP PDUs in a
cell
Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:LBFD-002008
TDLBFD-002008
LBFD-002025
TDLBFD-002025
Radio Bearer
Management
Radio Bearer
Management
Basic Scheduling
Basic Scheduling
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 11 Counters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
158
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 165/169
Counter ID Counter Name CounterDescription
Feature ID Feature Name
1526728338 L.ULCoMP.User.A
vg
Average number of
UL CoMP UEs in a
cell
Multi-mode: None
GSM: NoneUMTS: None
LTE:
LOFD-001066
LOFD-070222
LOFD-070223
TDLOFD-001066
Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP
Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP Phase II
UL CoMP based on
Coordinated BBU
Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP
1526728339 L.ULCoMP.User.M
ax
Maximum number
of UL CoMP UEs
in a cell
Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: NoneLTE:
LOFD-001066
LOFD-070222
LOFD-070223
TDLOFD-001066
Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP
Intra-eNodeB ULCoMP Phase II
UL CoMP based on
Coordinated BBU
Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP
1526728340 L.ULCoMP.RB Average number of
scheduled PRBs for
UL CoMP
Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:LOFD-001066
LOFD-070222
LOFD-070223
TDLOFD-001066
Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP
Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP Phase II
UL CoMP based on
Coordinated BBU
Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP
1526733173 L.ULCoMP.Hetnet
CoMP.User.Avg
Average number of
UEs selected for
whom HetNet UL
CoMP is performed
in a cell
Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LOFD-001066LOFD-070222
LOFD-070223
Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP
Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP Phase II
UL CoMP based on
Coordinated BBU
1526733174 L.ULCoMP.Hetnet
CoMP.User.Max
Maximum number
of UEs selected for
whom HetNet UL
CoMP is performed
in a cell
Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LOFD-001066
LOFD-070222
LOFD-070223
Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP
Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP Phase II
UL CoMP based on
Coordinated BBU
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 11 Counters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
159
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 166/169
Counter ID Counter Name CounterDescription
Feature ID Feature Name
1526733175 L.ULCoMP.Hetnet
CoMP.RB
Average number of
scheduled RBs for
HetNet UL CoMP
in a cell
Multi-mode: None
GSM: NoneUMTS: None
LTE:
LOFD-001066
LOFD-070222
LOFD-070223
Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP
Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP Phase II
UL CoMP based on
Coordinated BBU
1526733196 L.ChMeas.ULCoM
PPhase2.PRB.Avg
Average number of
scheduled PRBs for
intra-BBU inter-
BBP UL CoMP in a
cell
Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:LOFD-070222
TDLOFD-001066
Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP Phase II
Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP
1526733197 L.ChMeas.ULOver
BBUCoMP.PRB.Av
g
Average number of
scheduled PRBs for
inter-BBU UL
CoMP in a cell
Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LOFD-070223
TDLOFD-081207
UL CoMP based on
Coordinated BBU
UL CoMP based on
Coordinated BBU
1526737762 L.ChMeas.ULRelaxedBHCoMP.PRB.A
vg
Average number of PRBs scheduled for
relaxed-backhaul-
based UL CoMP in
a cell
Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LOFD-081219
UL CoMP Based onRelaxed Backhaul
1526737763 L.ULCoMP.ULRela
xedBHCoMP.User.
Avg
Average number of
UEs selected for
whom UL CoMP
based on relaxed
backhaul is
performed in a cell
Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LOFD-081219
UL CoMP Based on
Relaxed Backhaul
1526737816 L.ChMeas.
3SectorULCoMP.P
RB.Avg
Average number of
scheduled PRBs for
3-cell UL CoMP in
a cell
Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LOFD-001066
LOFD-070222
LOFD-070223
LOFD-081219
Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP
Intra-eNodeB UL
CoMP Phase II
UL CoMP based on
Coordinated BBU
UL CoMP Based on
Relaxed Backhaul
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 11 Counters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
160
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 167/169
Counter ID Counter Name CounterDescription
Feature ID Feature Name
1542455420 VS.IPPM.Rtt.Mean
s
Average RTT on the
IP PM
Multi-mode: None
GSM:GBFD-118607
UMTS:
WRFD-050402
LTE:
LOFD-00301201
TDLOFD-0030120
1
IP Performance
Monitor
IP Transmission
Introduction on Iub
Interface
IP Performance
Monitoring
IP Performance
Monitoring
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 11 Counters
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
161
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 168/169
12 Glossary
For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see Glossary.
eRAN
UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description 12 Glossary
Issue 03 (2015-08-31) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
162
7/21/2019 UL CoMP(eRAN8.1_03)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/ul-comperan8103 169/169